Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

he was sent down for three years

  • 1 jaar

    1  year
    ♦voorbeelden:
    1   jaar en dag • a year and a day
         sinds jaar en dag • for years (and years); 〈 informeel〉 for donkey's years
         een paar jaar geleden • a few years ago
         een dik jaar • a good year
         een half jaar • half a year
         in zijn jonge jaren • in his youth
         een klein jaar • a little under a year
         in latere jaren • in later years
         het lopend jaar • the present year
         volgend jaar • next year
         in vroeger jaren • in years gone by
         het is nu zes jaar (geleden) dat • it has been six years now since
         hij kreeg drie jaar • he was sent down for three years 〈 gevangenisstraf〉
         ik lig al jaren in het ziekenhuis • I have been in hospital for years
         het hele jaar door • all (the) year round
         jaar in, jaar uit • year after year
         door de jaren heen • through the years
         〈 figuurlijk〉 ik doe het in geen honderd jaar • you won't catch me doing it
         in het jaar onzes Heren 1990 • in the year of our Lord 1990
         in de afgelopen tien jaar • in the past ten years
         in de laatste paar jaar, de laatste jaren • in the last few years, in recent years
         met de jaren werd het beter • over the years things got better
         om de vier jaar • every four years
         om de twee jaar • every other year
         op jaren zijn • be well on in years
         jaar op jaar • year after year
         over vijf jaar • five years from now
         vandaag over een jaar • a year from today
         per jaar • yearly, a year; 〈 geldzaken ook〉 per annum/year
         jong van jaren • young in years
         een kind van zes jaar • a six-year-old (child)
         van 't jaar komt het er niet meer van • we won't get round to it this year
         de auto van het jaar • the car of the year
         iets van jaar tot jaar uitstellen • put something off year after year
         een wijn van het jaar 1979 • a wine of 1979 vintage
         een vriend van jaren her/terug • a friend of many years' standing
         vanaf zijn derde jaar • from the age of three (onwards)
         hij is groot voor zijn jaren • he's big for his age
         van het jaar nul • from the year dot
         de jaren tachtig/negentig • the eighties/nineties
         verleden week dinsdag is ze twaalf jaar geworden • she was twelve last Tuesday
         (en) nog vele jaren • many happy returns (of the day)
         de jaren zestig • the Sixties
         jaren en jaren • years and years

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > jaar

  • 2 hij kreeg drie jaar

    hij kreeg drie jaar

    Van Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > hij kreeg drie jaar

  • 3 desde

    prep.
    1 since (time).
    no lo veo desde el mes pasado/desde ayer I haven't seen him since last month/yesterday
    desde ahora from now on
    desde el principio from the beginning
    desde hace mucho/un mes for ages/a month
    desde… hasta… from… until…
    desde el lunes hasta el viernes from Monday till Friday
    desde entonces since then
    desde que since
    desde que murió mi madre since my mother died
    2 from (espacio).
    desde arriba/fuera from above/the outside
    desde… hasta… from… to…
    desde aquí hasta el centro from here to the center
    Está listo desde ese día It is ready from that day.
    3 from.
    desde 100.000 pesos from 100,000 pesos
    * * *
    1 (tiempo) since
    ■ ¿desde cuándo? since when?
    ■ desde entonces since then, from then on
    2 (lugar) from
    \
    desde ahora from now on
    desde hace mucho tiempo for a long time
    desde... hasta from... to
    desde luego (en realidad) really 2 (como respuesta) of course, certainly
    desde que since
    * * *
    prep.
    2) from
    •
    - desde entonces
    - desde luego
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando origen] from

    • desde abajo — from below

    • desde arriba — from above

    • desde lejos — from a long way off, from afar liter

    2) [con cantidades, categorías] from
    3) [en el tiempo]

    desde el martes — (=el pasado) since Tuesday; (=el próximo) after Tuesday

    • desde ahora — from now on

    • ¿desde cuándo vives aquí? — how long have you been living here?

    ¿desde cuándo ocurre esto? — how long has this been happening?

    • desde entonces — since then

    • desde hace tres años — for three years

    • desde el 4 hasta el 16 — from the 4th until o to the 16th

    • desde niño — since childhood, since I was a child

    • desde siempre — always

    -¿desde cuándo eres comunista? -desde siempre — "since when have you been a communist?" - "I've always been one"

    4)

    • desde luego —

    a) (=por supuesto) of course

    -¿vendrás? -desde luego — "are you coming?" - "of course (I am)"

    eso, desde luego, no es culpa mía — that, of course, is not my fault

    -¿quieres venir con nosotros? -desde luego que sí — "do you want to come with us?" - "of course I do"

    -¿no sabes nada de eso? -desde luego que no — "you don't know anything about it?" - "of course not"

    no era muy morena pero rubia desde luego que no — she wasn't really dark-haired, but she certainly wasn't blonde

    b) [como coletilla]

    desde luego, vaya fama estamos cogiendo — we're certainly getting quite a reputation

    desde luego, ¿quién lo iba a pensar? — I ask you, who would have thought it?, well, who would have thought it?

    ¡mira que olvidarte de llamar! ¡desde luego que eres despistado! — how could you forget to phone? you're so absent-minded!

    5)

    • desde que — since

    desde que puedo recordar — ever since I can remember, as long as I can remember

    DESDE Expresiones temporales En expresiones temporales, desde puede traducirse por since, from o, en combinación con hace/ hacía, por for. ► Desde ( que ) se traduce por since siempre que se especifique a partir de cuándo comenzó una acción o un estado que sigue desarrollándose en el presente o en el momento en que se habla: Llevo aquí de vacaciones desde el viernes I have been here on holiday since Friday No come mejillones desde que sufrió aquella intoxicación alimenticia He hasn't eaten mussels since he had that bout of food poisoning Dijo que no la había visto desde la guerra He said he hadn't seen her since the war NOTA: Hay que tener en cuenta que en casos como estos cuando se trata de algo que comienza en el pasado y sigue en el presente, el inglés hace uso del {pretérito perfecto} (en sus formas simple o progresiva). ► Traducimos desde por from cuando desde simplemente indica el momento en el que empezó la acción cuando la oración indica el final de la acción o se implica, de algún modo, que esta ya ha terminado: Y desde aquel día el rey no volvió a hablar del asunto And from that day on(wards), the king never spoke about the subject again ► La construcción desde ... hasta se traduce por from ... until o por from ... to: Trabajamos desde las nueve de la mañana hasta las cinco de la tarde We work from nine in the morning until o to five in the afternoon Tendrás que pagar el alquiler desde julio hasta octubre You will have to pay rent from July until o to October ► Desde hace y desde hacía se traducen por for ya que van seguidos de una cantidad de tiempo: Estoy esperando desde hace más de una hora I have been waiting for over an hour No se había sentido tan feliz desde hacía años He hadn't felt so happy for years ► En oraciones interrogativas, desde cuándo se traduce por how long. En este tipo de preguntas, el inglés utiliza el pretérito perfecto para referirse a algo que empezó en el pasado y continúa en el presente: ¿Desde cuándo os conocéis? How long have you known each other? Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1) ( en el tiempo) since

    desde entonces/desde que se casó — since then/since he got married

    ¿desde cuándo te gustan los mejillones? - desde siempre! — since when have you liked mussels? - I've always liked them!

    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? — how long have you been working here?

    desde niño — since he/I was a child

    desde el primer momento or un principio — right from the start

    2) ( en el espacio) from

    desde aquí/allá — from here/there

    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? — where do I have to read from?

    3) (en escalas, jerarquías) from
    * * *
    = from, from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex. In all types of libraries in Lesotho, shortage of, and the need for trained librarians has been felt from as far back as the mid-1970s.
    ----
    * desde allí = thence.
    * desde antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * desde aquel entonces = thenceforth.
    * desde aquel momento = ever after.
    * desde cero = from the ground up.
    * desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).
    * desde dentro = from within, from the inside, from the inside-out, inside-out.
    * desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.
    * desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from sunrise to sunset, from sun up to sun down, from sun up to sun down, from sun to sun.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from dawn (to/till/until) dusk.
    * desde el comienzo = from the outset, from the start, from the beginning, ab initio, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde el primer momento = from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio = from the start, all along, ab initio, from the outset, from the beginning, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el punto de vista de = in terms of, from the vantage of.
    * desde el punto de vista de la conservación = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA], medically, medically, musically, preservationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cinética = kinetically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la mitosis = mitotically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.
    * desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.
    * desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.
    * desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.
    * desde el punto de vista del medio ambiente = environmentally.
    * desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned.
    * desde el punto de vista económico = fiscally.
    * desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.
    * desde el punto de vista político = politically.
    * desde el punto de vista profesional = career-wise [careerwise].
    * desde entonces = ever since, henceforth, in the interim, since, since that time, since then, henceforward, ever since then, ever since then, thenceforth, in the intervening years, ever after, in the intervening period, since that day.
    * desde entonces hasta la actualidad = from then to the present day.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde ese momento = from that point, ever after.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal = since + Expresión Temporal, ever since + Expresión Temporal.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta el presente = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * desde + Fecha + hasta ahora = from + Fecha + to the present.
    * desde + Fecha/Lugar + en adelante = from + Fecha/Lugar + onward(s).
    * desde fuera = from the outside.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * desde... hasta... = from... through..., during the period + Período de Tiempo, from... right across....
    * desde hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * desde la antigüedad = since ancient times.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * desde la época de/cuando = since the days of/when.
    * desde la época prehistórica = since prehistoric times.
    * desde la mañana a la noche = from morning to night.
    * desde la perspectiva de = in light of.
    * desde la prehistoria = since prehistoric times.
    * desde lejos = from a distance, from afar.
    * desde los comienzos = from an early stage.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desde los viejos tiempos = since olden times.
    * desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.
    * desde mitad de + Expresión Temporal + en adelante = from the mid + Expresión Temporal + onwards.
    * desde muy antiguo = since olden times.
    * desde muy lejos = from afar.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * desde + perspectiva = against + backdrop.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * desde principios de siglo = since the turn of the century, from the turn of the century.
    * desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.
    * desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde su época = since + Posesivo + day.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde tiempo inmemorial = since earliest time, since time immemorial, from time immemorial, since time out of mind, from time out of mind.
    * desde tiempos prehistóricos = since prehistoric times.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = along + Adjetivo + line.
    * desde un extremo... al otro = from one end... to the other.
    * desde un punto de vista académico = academically.
    * desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = clinically.
    * desde un punto de vista cognitivo = cognitively.
    * desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.
    * desde un punto de vista cultural = culturally.
    * desde un punto de vista ecológico = ecologically.
    * desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista estético = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].
    * desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.
    * desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.
    * desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista médico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.
    * desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.
    * desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.
    * desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.
    * desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.
    * desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.
    * desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.
    * desde un punto vista ético = ethically.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * olvidado desde hace tiempo = long forgotten.
    * * *
    1) ( en el tiempo) since

    desde entonces/desde que se casó — since then/since he got married

    ¿desde cuándo te gustan los mejillones? - desde siempre! — since when have you liked mussels? - I've always liked them!

    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? — how long have you been working here?

    desde niño — since he/I was a child

    desde el primer momento or un principio — right from the start

    2) ( en el espacio) from

    desde aquí/allá — from here/there

    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? — where do I have to read from?

    3) (en escalas, jerarquías) from
    * * *
    = from, from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.

    Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

    Ex: In all types of libraries in Lesotho, shortage of, and the need for trained librarians has been felt from as far back as the mid-1970s.
    * desde allí = thence.
    * desde antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * desde aquel entonces = thenceforth.
    * desde aquel momento = ever after.
    * desde cero = from the ground up.
    * desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).
    * desde dentro = from within, from the inside, from the inside-out, inside-out.
    * desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.
    * desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from sunrise to sunset, from sun up to sun down, from sun up to sun down, from sun to sun.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from dawn (to/till/until) dusk.
    * desde el comienzo = from the outset, from the start, from the beginning, ab initio, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde el primer momento = from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio = from the start, all along, ab initio, from the outset, from the beginning, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el punto de vista de = in terms of, from the vantage of.
    * desde el punto de vista de la conservación = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA], medically, medically, musically, preservationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cinética = kinetically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la mitosis = mitotically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.
    * desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.
    * desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.
    * desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.
    * desde el punto de vista del medio ambiente = environmentally.
    * desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned.
    * desde el punto de vista económico = fiscally.
    * desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.
    * desde el punto de vista político = politically.
    * desde el punto de vista profesional = career-wise [careerwise].
    * desde entonces = ever since, henceforth, in the interim, since, since that time, since then, henceforward, ever since then, ever since then, thenceforth, in the intervening years, ever after, in the intervening period, since that day.
    * desde entonces hasta la actualidad = from then to the present day.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde ese momento = from that point, ever after.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal = since + Expresión Temporal, ever since + Expresión Temporal.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta el presente = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * desde + Fecha + hasta ahora = from + Fecha + to the present.
    * desde + Fecha/Lugar + en adelante = from + Fecha/Lugar + onward(s).
    * desde fuera = from the outside.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * desde... hasta... = from... through..., during the period + Período de Tiempo, from... right across....
    * desde hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * desde la antigüedad = since ancient times.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * desde la época de/cuando = since the days of/when.
    * desde la época prehistórica = since prehistoric times.
    * desde la mañana a la noche = from morning to night.
    * desde la perspectiva de = in light of.
    * desde la prehistoria = since prehistoric times.
    * desde lejos = from a distance, from afar.
    * desde los comienzos = from an early stage.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desde los viejos tiempos = since olden times.
    * desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.
    * desde mitad de + Expresión Temporal + en adelante = from the mid + Expresión Temporal + onwards.
    * desde muy antiguo = since olden times.
    * desde muy lejos = from afar.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * desde + perspectiva = against + backdrop.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * desde principios de siglo = since the turn of the century, from the turn of the century.
    * desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.
    * desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde su época = since + Posesivo + day.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde tiempo inmemorial = since earliest time, since time immemorial, from time immemorial, since time out of mind, from time out of mind.
    * desde tiempos prehistóricos = since prehistoric times.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = along + Adjetivo + line.
    * desde un extremo... al otro = from one end... to the other.
    * desde un punto de vista académico = academically.
    * desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = clinically.
    * desde un punto de vista cognitivo = cognitively.
    * desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.
    * desde un punto de vista cultural = culturally.
    * desde un punto de vista ecológico = ecologically.
    * desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista estético = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].
    * desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.
    * desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.
    * desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista médico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.
    * desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.
    * desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.
    * desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.
    * desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.
    * desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.
    * desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.
    * desde un punto vista ético = ethically.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * olvidado desde hace tiempo = long forgotten.

    * * *
    desde entonces/desde que se casó no lo he vuelto a ver I haven't seen him again since then/since he got married
    estamos aquí desde el mes pasado we've been here since last month
    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? how long have you been working here?
    ¿desde cuándo te gustan los mejillones? — ¡desde siempre! since when have you liked mussels? — I've always liked them!
    ¿desde cuándo hay que hacerlo así? — desde ahora when do we have to start doing it that way? — as from now
    desde niño había sido muy ambicioso he had been very ambitious ever since he was a child
    desde el primer momento or un principio right from the start o the outset
    no los veo desde hace meses I haven't seen them for months
    estaba enfermo desde hacía un año he had been ill for a year
    desde que + SUBJ
    ( liter): desde que llegara a ese país since the day that she arrived in that country
    desde que aprendiera a escribir since the time I learned to write
    DESDE … HASTA:
    estará abierto desde el 15 hasta el 30 it will be open from the 15th to o till o until the 30th
    desde que llegó hasta que se fue from the time she arrived to the time she left
    desde ya ya1 adv C. (↑ ya (1))
    les mandé una postal desde Dublín I sent them a postcard from Dublin
    lo vi desde la ventana I saw him from the window
    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? where do I have to read from?
    desde mi punto de vista from my point of view
    nosotros, desde aquí, intentaremos hacer lo que podamos we'll do what we can here o from this end o from our end
    DESDE … HASTA … FROM … TO …
    desde la página 12 hasta la 20 from page 12 to o as far as o up to page 20
    C (en escalas, jerarquías) from
    blusas desde 12 euros blouses from 12 euros
    DESDE … HASTA … FROM … TO …
    todos, desde los trabajadores hasta los empresarios, … everyone, from the workers (up) to the management, …
    desde el director hasta el último empleado de la compañía from the director (down) to the lowest employee in the company
    temas que van desde la reforma penal hasta la crisis económica subjects ranging from penal reform to the economic crisis
    D
    desde luego luego1 adv E. (↑ luego (1))
    * * *

     

    desde preposición
    1 ( en el tiempo) since;
    ◊ desde entonces/desde que se casó since then/since he got married;

    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? how long have you been working here?;
    desde el primer momento right from the start;
    no los veo desde hace meses I haven't seen them for months;
    desde el 15 hasta el 30 from the 15th to o until the 30th
    2 ( en el espacio) from;
    ◊ desde aquí/allá from here/there;

    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? where do I have to read from?;
    desde la página 12 hasta la 20 from page 12 (up) to page 20
    3 (en escalas, jerarquías) from;

    desde
    I preposición
    1 (punto en que comienza a contarse el tiempo) since: estuvo allí desde el jueves hasta el lunes, she was there from Thursday until Monday
    no he hablado con él desde hace meses, I haven't talked to him for months
    ¿desde cuándo lo sabes?, how long have you known?
    desde que María me lo dijo, ever since Maria told me
    desde ayer, since yesterday
    desde esta mañana, from this morning on
    2 (punto en que comienza a contarse una distancia o se señala una perspectiva) from
    desde aquí, from here
    desde la ventana, from the window
    figurado habla desde la ignorancia, he speaks out from ignorance
    ♦ Locuciones: desde luego, of course
    desde siempre, always
    ' desde' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandonarse
    - arriba
    - borrasca
    - caer
    - cuándo
    - desarrollar
    - doblarse
    - donde
    - ermitaña
    - ermitaño
    - españolizar
    - ir
    - gritar
    - judoka
    - lloro
    - llover
    - lozana
    - lozano
    - luego
    - mendicidad
    - mustia
    - mustio
    - nos
    - residir
    - risa
    - robar
    - rondar
    - siempre
    - tarde
    - ver
    - vivir
    - yudoka
    - abajo
    - antiguo
    - arrastrar
    - bombardear
    - bombardeo
    - descender
    - descenso
    - dominar
    - exterior
    - mejor
    - memoria
    - mirar
    - pie
    - razón
    - retroactivo
    - saber
    - ser
    - simpatizar
    English:
    absolutely
    - all
    - approach
    - arouse
    - back up
    - beginning
    - blow
    - burning
    - can
    - carry
    - certainly
    - conception
    - ease off
    - ease up
    - educationally
    - elapse
    - explode
    - first
    - for
    - from
    - go
    - gorgeous
    - grandstand
    - hear of
    - hence
    - inherent
    - jump down
    - kerb-crawl
    - kerb-crawling
    - know
    - listen
    - look down
    - lost
    - mainland
    - off
    - ought
    - outset
    - outside
    - pass down
    - perspective
    - range
    - respect
    - scene
    - see
    - since
    - spectacular
    - splendid
    - standing
    - talk down
    - then
    * * *
    ♦ prep
    1. [indica tiempo] since;
    no lo veo desde el mes pasado/desde ayer I haven't seen him since last month/since yesterday;
    desde aquel día, nada volvió a ser igual from that day on, things were never the same again;
    desde ahora from now on;
    ¿desde cuándo? since when?;
    ¿desde cuándo se conocen? how long o since when have you known each other?;
    ¿desde cuándo no hay que llamar para entrar? since when has it been all right to come in without knocking?;
    desde entonces since then;
    no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year, it's a year since I last saw her;
    desde hace dos días no come she hasn't eaten for two days;
    ¿desde cuánto hace que no come? how long has she not been eating?;
    desde hace mucho/un mes for ages/a month;
    trabaja para ellos desde hace poco she recently started working for them;
    te espero desde hace más de una hora I've been waiting for you for more than an hour;
    Fam
    ¡desde hace que no la veo! [en tono enfático] I haven't seen her for AGES!;
    desde… hasta… from… until…;
    desde el lunes hasta el viernes from Monday Br till o US through Friday;
    desde el 1 hasta el 15 de septiembre from 1 to 15 September;
    desde niño o [m5] desde pequeño me enseñaron a dar las gracias I was brought up to say thank you to people from an early age;
    desde el principio supe que no iba a salir bien I knew from the very beginning o from the word go it wasn't going to turn out well;
    desde que since;
    desde que la vi en el teatro, no he vuelto a saber nada de ella I haven't heard from her since (the day) I saw her at the theatre;
    desde que murió mi madre since my mother died;
    desde ya [inmediatamente] right now;
    ponte a ordenar esta habitación desde ya start tidying this room this instant
    2. [indica espacio] from;
    desde mi ventana se ve el puerto you can see the harbour from my window;
    vinieron a vernos desde Santiago they came from Santiago to visit us;
    ¿desde dónde nos disparan? where are they shooting at us from?;
    desde arriba/abajo from above/below;
    visto desde arriba, parece más grande seen from above, it looks bigger;
    se ve desde lejos it can be seen from a long way away;
    desde… hasta… from… to…;
    desde aquí hasta el centro from here to the centre;
    desde un punto de vista jurídico… from a legal point of view…;
    afrontemos el proceso de paz desde la democracia y el respeto let us enter the peace process in a spirit of democracy and respect
    3. [indica cantidad mínima] from;
    desde 10.000 euros from 10,000 euros
    4. [indica lo que se abarca]
    desde… hasta… from… to…;
    se encargan de todo, desde el viaje hasta el alojamiento they take care of everything, from the travel arrangements to the accommodation;
    sabe hacer de todo, desde cambiar un fusible hasta arreglar una moto she can do all sorts of things, from changing a fuse to repairing a motorbike
    ♦ desde luego loc adv
    1. [por supuesto]
    ¡desde luego (que sí)! of course!;
    ¡desde luego que me gusta! of course I like it!;
    ¡desde luego que no os ayudaré! no way am I going to help you!, I'm certainly not going to help you!
    2. [en tono de reproche]
    ¡desde luego! for goodness' sake!;
    ¡desde luego! ¡no te creía capaz de una cosa así! I certainly didn't think you were capable of something like this!;
    ¡desde luego, tienes cada idea! you really come out with some funny ideas!
    * * *
    prp
    1 en el tiempo since;
    desde 1993 since 1993;
    desde que since;
    desde hace tres días for three days;
    desde hace mucho/poco for a long/short time;
    desde mañana from tomorrow;
    desde ya Rpl right away
    2 en el espacio from;
    desde arriba/abajo from above/below;
    te veo desde aquí I can see you from here
    3 en escala from;
    desde … hasta … from … to …
    4
    :
    desde luego of course
    * * *
    desde prep
    1) : from
    2) : since
    3)
    desde ahora : from now on
    4)
    desde entonces : since then
    5)
    desde hace : for, since (a time)
    ha estado nevando desde hace dos días: it's been snowing for two days
    6)
    desde luego : of course
    7)
    desde que : since, ever since
    8)
    desde ya : right now, immediately
    * * *
    desde prep
    1. (lugar, cantidad) from
    desde... hasta from... to
    desde entonces since then / from then on
    ¿desde cuándo? how long?
    ¿desde cuándo pasas las vacaciones aquí? how long have you been coming here on holiday?

    Spanish-English dictionary > desde

  • 4 Massey, Daniel

    [br]
    b. 1798 Vermont, USA
    d. 1856 Canada
    [br]
    American agricultural machinery manufacturer and co-founder of the Massey Harris Company (now Massey Ferguson).
    [br]
    In about 1800 Daniel Massey's family moved to Upper Canada. At the age of 6 he was sent back to stay with his grandparents in Waterton, USA, where he attended school for three years. He returned to his parents in 1807, and for the next twelve years he remained on his father's farm.
    At the age of 19 he forfeited his rights to his inheritance and rented land further west, which he began to clear. By the age of 21 he owned 200 acres, and during the next twelve years he bought, cleared and sold a further 1,200 acres. In 1820 he married Lucina Bradley from Water-town and returned with her to Canada.
    In 1830 he decided to settle down to farming and brought one of the first US threshing machines into Canada. From frequent visits to his family in the US he would return with new farm equipment, and in 1844 he handed his farm over to his eldest son so that he could concentrate on the development of his farm workshop. In 1845 he formed a brief partnership with R.F.Vaughan, who owned a small factory in Durham County near Lake Ontario. He began the production of ploughs, harrows, scufflers and rollers at a time when the Canadian Government was imposing heavy import duties on agricultural equipment being brought in from the USA. His business flourished and within six months he bought out his partner.
    In 1848 he bought another foundry in Newcastle, together with 50 acres of land, and in 1851 his son Hart joined him in the business. The following year Hart returned from the USA with the sole rights to manufacture the Ketchum mower and the Burrell reaper.
    The advent of the railway four years later opened up wider markets, and from these beginnings the Massey Company was to represent Canada at the Paris Exhibition of 1867. The European market was secured by the successes of the Massey reaper in the "World" trials held in France in 1889. Two years later the company merged with the Harris Company of Canada, to become the Massey Harris Company. Daniel Massey retired from the company four years after his son joined it, and he died the following year.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    Graeme Quick and Wesley Buchele, 1978, The Grain Harvesters, American Society of Agricultural Engineers (gives an account of harvest machinery development, in which Massey Harris played a vital role).
    Merrill Denison, 1949, Harvest Triumphant: The Story of Massey Harris, London.
    AP

    Biographical history of technology > Massey, Daniel

  • 5 écoper

    écoper [ekɔpe]
    * * *
    ekɔpe
    1.
    verbe transitif Nautisme to bail out

    2.
    écoper (colloq) de verbe transitif indirect to get [punition, amende]

    3.
    (colloq) verbe intransitif to take the rap (colloq)
    * * *
    ekɔpe vi
    1) (sur une embarcation) to bale out
    2) fig to cop it

    écoper de [punition] — to get

    * * *
    écoper verb table: aimer
    A vtr Naut to bail out.
    B écoper○ de vtr ind to get, to cop○ [punition, amende].
    C vi to take the rap○; je ne veux pas écoper pour les autres I don't want to take the rap for the others.
    [ekɔpe] verbe transitif
    [barque, bateau] to bail out
    ————————
    [ekɔpe] verbe intransitif
    (familier) [recevoir une sanction, une réprimande] to take the rap
    ————————
    écoper de verbe plus préposition
    (familier) to cop (UK), to get

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > écoper

  • 6 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 7 venir

    v.
    1 to come.
    venir a/de hacer algo to come to do something/from doing something
    venir de algo to come from something (proceder, derivarse)
    venir a alguien con algo to come to somebody with something
    no me vengas con exigencias don't come to me making demands
    Una persona vino A person came.
    2 to arrive.
    vino a las doce he arrived at twelve o'clock
    3 to be.
    su foto viene en primera página his photo is o appears on the front page
    el texto viene en inglés the text is in English
    vienen en todos los tamaños they come in every size
    las anchoas vienen en lata anchovies come in tins
    Ella venía cantando por la calle She was singing in the street.
    4 to receive.
    Me vino un telegrama I received a telegram.
    5 to come up, to blow up.
    6 to be the host for.
    Nos vinieron tres personas We were the host for three people.
    7 to come to.
    Nos vino una idea An idea came to us.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    vengo, vienes, viene, venimos, venís, vienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ven (tú), venga (él/Vd.), vengamos (nos.), venid (vos.), vengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    3) fit
    4) follow, come after
    •
    * * *
    Para las expresiones venir al caso, venir de lejos, venir a las manos, venir a menos, venir a pelo, venir de perlas, venirse abajo, venirse encima, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (a un lugar) to come

    ¡ven acá o aquí! — come (over) here!

    —

    •¿y todo esto a quéviene? — what's all this in aid of?

    ¿a qué vienen tantos llantos? — what's all this crying about?

    ¿y ahora a qué vienes? — what do you want now?

    • hacer venir a algn, le hicieron venir desde Londres — they had him come (all the way) from London

    hicieron venir al médico — they sent for the doctor, they called out the doctor

    • venir (a) por algn/algo — to come for sb/sth

    vinieron (a) por el enfermo — they came to pick up the patient, they came for the patient

    han venido (a) por el coche — they've come to pick up the car, they've come for the car

    venirle a algn con —

    2) (=volver)

    ¡enseguida o ahora vengo! — I'll be right back! *

    3) (=estar) to be
    4) (=ocurrir) to come

    ahora viene lo mejor de la película — this is the best bit in the film, the best bit in the film is coming up now

    - estar a verlas venir
    5) venir de (=provenir) to come from

    • la honestidad le viene de familia — honesty runs in her family

    6) (=sobrevenir)
    7) (=quedar)

    este puesto de trabajo me viene grande o ancho — this job is beyond me, this job is too much for me

    • venir bien, ¿te viene bien el sábado? — is Saturday all right for you?

    • venir mal, mañana me viene mal — tomorrow is inconvenient

    (=futuro)

    las generaciones por venir — future generations, generations to come

    que viene (=próximo) next venga a (con sentido reiterativo)
    a)

    —

    vino a parar o dar a la cárcel — he ended up in jail

    • venir a ser, viene a ser 84 en total — it comes to 84 all together

    viene a ser lo mismo — it comes to o amounts to the same thing

    b) [+ gerund]
    c) [+ participio]

    venía hecho polvo — *he was shattered *

    10) ¡venga!
    ( Esp) *

    ¡venga, vámonos! — come on, let's go!

    ¡venga, una canción! — let's have a song!

    préstame cinco euros, venga — go on, lend me five euros

    -¿quieres que lo hagamos juntos? -¡venga! — "shall we do it together?" - "come on, then"

    -¡hasta luego! -¡venga! — "see you later!" - "O.K.!" o"right!"

    ¡venga ya, no seas pesado! — come on, don't be such a bore!

    -me ha tocado la lotería -¡venga ya! — "I've won the lottery" - "you're kidding! *"

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( a un lugar) to come

    vine en tren/avión — I came by train/plane

    ¿a qué vino? — what did he come by o around for?

    ¿ha venido el electricista? — has the electrician been?

    venir por or (Esp) a por alguien/algo — to come for somebody/something, come to pick somebody/something up

    venir a + inf — to come to + inf

    b) ( volver) to come back
    c) ( salir)

    venir con algo: me vino con un cuento he came up with some excuse; no me vengas con exigencias don't start making demands; no me vengas con eso ahora don't give me that (colloq); y ahora viene con que necesita el doble — and now he says he needs double

    d) ( sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me vino una gripe — I came o went down with flu

    me vinieron unas ganas de reír... — I felt like bursting out laughing

    2)

    ¿qué viene después de las noticias? — what's on after the news?

    ¿a qué viene eso? — why do you say that?

    ¿a qué vienen esos gritos? — what's all the shouting about?

    3) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( quedar) (+ compl)
    b) ( convenir) (+ compl)

    ¿te viene bien a las ocho? — is eight o'clock all right o OK for you?

    a)

    venir a + inf: esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this confirms my suspicions; vendrá a tener unos 30 años she must be about 30; el precio viene a ser el mismo — the price works out (about) the same

    b)

    venir + ger: hace mucho que lo venía diciendo I'd been saying so all along; viene trabajando aquí desde hace muchos años — he has been working here for many years

    2.
    venirse v pron (enf)
    a) ( a un lugar) to come

    ¿te vienes al parque? — are you coming to the park?

    venirse abajo — persona to go to pieces; techo to fall in, collapse; estante to collapse; ilusiones to go up in smoke; proyectos to fall through

    b) ( volver) to come back
    * * *
    = come.
    Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado came, participio come.
    Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.
    ----
    * ¡venga ya! = on your bike!.
    * ir y venir = come and go.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * no hay mal que por bien no venga = be a blessing in disguise.
    * Nombre/Pronombre + vino como anillo al dedo = it worked out beautifully for + Nombre/Pronombre.
    * no venir al caso = be immaterial.
    * no venir mal + Infinitivo = not hurt to + Infinitivo.
    * que viene = incoming.
    * que viene el lobo = crying wolf.
    * sin venir a cuento = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sin venir a pelo = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sistema + venirse abajo = system + crash.
    * ven aquí = come over here.
    * venir a continuación de + Nombre = come in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * venir a la mente = spring to + mind.
    * venir al mundo = come into + the world.
    * venir a menos = retrench.
    * venir aquí = come over.
    * venir a ser lo mismo que = amount to + the same thing as.
    * venir bien = be none the worse for (that), suit + best.
    * venir como anillo al dedo = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be right as rain, fit + the bill, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * venir con = come with.
    * venir con buenas intenciones = come in + peace.
    * venir de maravilla = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.
    * venir de perilla = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * venir en son de paz = come in + peace.
    * venir instintivamente a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.
    * venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.
    * venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.
    * venirle a Uno a la mente = come to + mind.
    * venir muy bien = fit + the bill.
    * venir por naturaleza a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.
    * venirse abajo = break down, tumble down, tumble, fall + apart.
    * ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * verse venir = be on the cards.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( a un lugar) to come

    vine en tren/avión — I came by train/plane

    ¿a qué vino? — what did he come by o around for?

    ¿ha venido el electricista? — has the electrician been?

    venir por or (Esp) a por alguien/algo — to come for somebody/something, come to pick somebody/something up

    venir a + inf — to come to + inf

    b) ( volver) to come back
    c) ( salir)

    venir con algo: me vino con un cuento he came up with some excuse; no me vengas con exigencias don't start making demands; no me vengas con eso ahora don't give me that (colloq); y ahora viene con que necesita el doble — and now he says he needs double

    d) ( sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me vino una gripe — I came o went down with flu

    me vinieron unas ganas de reír... — I felt like bursting out laughing

    2)

    ¿qué viene después de las noticias? — what's on after the news?

    ¿a qué viene eso? — why do you say that?

    ¿a qué vienen esos gritos? — what's all the shouting about?

    3) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( quedar) (+ compl)
    b) ( convenir) (+ compl)

    ¿te viene bien a las ocho? — is eight o'clock all right o OK for you?

    a)

    venir a + inf: esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this confirms my suspicions; vendrá a tener unos 30 años she must be about 30; el precio viene a ser el mismo — the price works out (about) the same

    b)

    venir + ger: hace mucho que lo venía diciendo I'd been saying so all along; viene trabajando aquí desde hace muchos años — he has been working here for many years

    2.
    venirse v pron (enf)
    a) ( a un lugar) to come

    ¿te vienes al parque? — are you coming to the park?

    venirse abajo — persona to go to pieces; techo to fall in, collapse; estante to collapse; ilusiones to go up in smoke; proyectos to fall through

    b) ( volver) to come back
    * * *
    = come.
    Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado came, participio come.

    Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

    * ¡venga ya! = on your bike!.
    * ir y venir = come and go.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * no hay mal que por bien no venga = be a blessing in disguise.
    * Nombre/Pronombre + vino como anillo al dedo = it worked out beautifully for + Nombre/Pronombre.
    * no venir al caso = be immaterial.
    * no venir mal + Infinitivo = not hurt to + Infinitivo.
    * que viene = incoming.
    * que viene el lobo = crying wolf.
    * sin venir a cuento = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sin venir a pelo = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sistema + venirse abajo = system + crash.
    * ven aquí = come over here.
    * venir a continuación de + Nombre = come in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * venir a la mente = spring to + mind.
    * venir al mundo = come into + the world.
    * venir a menos = retrench.
    * venir aquí = come over.
    * venir a ser lo mismo que = amount to + the same thing as.
    * venir bien = be none the worse for (that), suit + best.
    * venir como anillo al dedo = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be right as rain, fit + the bill, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * venir con = come with.
    * venir con buenas intenciones = come in + peace.
    * venir de maravilla = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.
    * venir de perilla = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.
    * venir en son de paz = come in + peace.
    * venir instintivamente a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.
    * venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.
    * venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.
    * venirle a Uno a la mente = come to + mind.
    * venir muy bien = fit + the bill.
    * venir por naturaleza a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.
    * venirse abajo = break down, tumble down, tumble, fall + apart.
    * ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * verse venir = be on the cards.

    * * *
    venir [ I31 ]
    vi
    A
    1 (a un lugar) to come
    vine en tren/avión I came by train/plane
    ¿puedes venir un momento? can you come here a second?
    casi nos matamos viniendo or al venir de Medellín we nearly got killed on our way from o coming from Medellín
    ¿a qué vino? what did he come by o around o ( BrE) round for?
    ¿ha venido el electricista? has the electrician been?
    ¡que venga el encargado! I want to see the person in charge!
    vengo de parte del Sr Díaz Mr Díaz sent me, I'm here on behalf of Mr Díaz
    ¿vienes solo? — no, con un amigo have you come on your own? — no, with a friend
    vine dormida todo el tiempo I slept (for) the whole journey
    viene furiosa she's furious
    venir POR algn to come for sb, come to pick sb up
    vienen por mí a las ocho they're coming for me o they're picking me up at eight
    venir ( A) POR algo to come for sth, come to pick sth up
    vinieron (a) por el pan they came for o came to pick up the bread
    venir A + INF:
    ven a ver esto come and see this
    vienen a pasar unos días con nosotros they're coming to spend a few days with us
    a las siete me vienen a buscar they're coming to pick me up at seven
    el que venga detrás que arree ( fam); let the next person sort things out
    2 (volver) to come back
    no vengas tarde don't be late home o back, don't come home o back late
    ahora vengo I'll be back in a moment
    vino muy cansado del viaje he was very tired when he got back from his trip, he came back very tired from his trip
    3 (con excusas, exigencias) venir CON algo:
    no me vengas ahora con exigencias don't start making demands now
    no me vengas con cuentos I don't want (to hear) any excuses, don't give me any excuses
    y ahora viene con que necesita el doble and now he says he needs double
    4 (sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    me vino una gripe I came o went down with flu
    me vinieron unas ganas de reír … I felt like bursting out laughing
    B
    1
    (tener lugar): ahora viene esa escena que te conté that scene I told you about is coming up now
    entonces vino la guerra then the war came
    ¿qué viene ahora después de las noticias? what's on after the news?
    vino una ola de frío inesperada there was an unexpected cold spell
    ya vendrán tiempos mejores things will get better
    una tela que viene de la India a cloth that's made in o that comes from India
    esa palabra viene del griego that word comes from Greek
    la enfermedad le viene de familia the illness runs in his family
    el problema viene ya de lejos the problem goes back a long way
    de ahí viene que tenga tantas deudas that's why he has so many debts
    3
    ¿a qué viene/vienen …?: ¿a qué viene eso? why do you say that?
    ¿a qué vienen esos gritos? what's all the shouting about o ( colloq) in aid of?, why all the shouting? ( colloq) what's with all the shouting? ( colloq)
    4
    (indicando presentación): el folleto viene en inglés y en francés the brochure is available in English and in French, you can get the brochure in English and in French
    viene en tres tamaños it comes in three sizes
    así venía, yo no lo he tocado it came like that, I haven't touched it
    5
    (estar incluido): su foto viene en la primera página her picture is on the front page
    no viene nada sobre la manifestación de ayer there's nothing about yesterday's demonstration
    C
    (quedar) «falda/traje» (+ compl): esa camisa te viene ancha that shirt's too big for you
    ese abrigo te viene mal that coat doesn't suit you o doesn't look right on you
    el cargo le viene grande the job's too much for him, he isn't up to the job
    estas cajas me vendrán muy bien para la mudanza these boxes will be useful o ( colloq) will come in handy when I move
    ¿te viene bien a las ocho? is eight o'clock all right o OK for you?, does eight o'clock suit you?
    el jueves no me viene bien Thursday's no good o not a good day for me, I can't make Thursday
    no me vendrían mal unas vacaciones I could do with a vacation
    los abajo firmantes venimos en declarar que … we, the undersigned, hereby declare that …
    1 venir A + INF:
    esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this serves to confirm my suspicions, this confirms my suspicions
    vendrá a tener unos 30 años she must be about 30
    el precio viene a ser el mismo the price works out (about) the same, they're around the same price
    2 venir + GER:
    viene utilizando nuestros servicios desde hace muchos años he has been using our services for many years
    A ( enf)
    1 (a un lugar) to come
    se han venido desde Málaga a vernos they've come (all the way) from Malaga to see us
    ¿te vienes al parque? are you coming to the park?
    venirse abajo «persona» to go to pieces;
    «techo» to fall in, collapse; «estante» to collapse; «ilusiones» to go up in smoke, fall apart; «proyectos» to fall through, go up in smoke
    2 (volver) to come back
    estaban de vacaciones pero tuvieron que venirse they were on vacation but they had to come back o come home
    * * *

     

    venir ( conjugate venir) verbo intransitivo
    1


    ¿a qué vino? what did he come by o around for?;
    vine dormida todo el tiempo I slept (for) the whole journey;
    venir por or (Esp) a por algn/algo to come for sb/sth, come to pick sb/sth up;
    la vino a buscar su madre her mother came to pick her up;
    ven a ver esto come and see this


    no vengas tarde don't be late home o back
    c) ( salir):


    no me vengas con exigencias don't start making demands
    2


    ¿qué viene después de las noticias? what's on after the news?;
    ya vendrán tiempos mejores things will get better
    b) ( indicando procedencia) venir de algo to come from sth;


    le viene de familia it runs in his family;
    ¿a qué viene eso? why do you say that?




    no viene nada sobre la huelga there's nothing about the strike
    3 ( convenir):

    el jueves no me viene bien Thursday's no good for me;
    me vendría bien un descanso I could do with a rest
    4 ( como aux):

    hace mucho que lo venía diciendo I'd been saying so all along
    venirse verbo pronominal ( enf)


    venirse abajo [ persona] to go to pieces;

    [ techo] to fall in, collapse;
    [ estante] to collapse;
    [ ilusiones] to go up in smoke;
    [ proyectos] to fall through

    venir verbo intransitivo
    1 to come
    ven y mira lo que he dibujado, come and see what I've drawn
    2 (llegar) to come: viene el invierno, winter is coming
    acaba de venir de la tienda, he's just come from the shop
    3 (volver) to come back: vengo en un minuto, I'll be back in a minute
    4 (proceder) to come from: estos juguetes vienen de China, these toys come from China
    5 (surgir, sobrevenir) me vino la gripe, I went down with flu
    (suceder) entonces vino la guerra civil, then came the civil war
    6 (quedar) este jersey me viene grande, this sweater is too big for me
    7 (aparecer, presentarse) to come: esa información viene en el capítulo dos, that information comes in chapter two
    ¿viene algo del terremoto?, is there anything about the earthquake?
    viene en un estuche verde, it comes in a green case
    8 (indicando aproximación) este libro viene a tener unos cien años, this book must be about a hundred years old
    ♦ Locuciones: venir al mundo, to be born
    venir de lejos, to come from afar
    ' venir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acaso
    - acercarse
    - acudir
    - adelantarse
    - animarse
    - balde
    - caso
    - comprometerse
    - constructor
    - constructora
    - convenir
    - en
    - esperar
    - familia
    - graduación
    - gratuitamente
    - hacer
    - hispanista
    - inconveniente
    - lástima
    - menos
    - molestia
    - pelo
    - precisamente
    - sobrevenir
    - son
    - tejemaneje
    - aceptar
    - anillo
    - aprovechar
    - atraer
    - corazonada
    - cosa
    - cuento
    - hombre
    - importar
    - ir
    - jalar
    - macana
    - molestar
    - mundo
    - parar
    - perilla
    - poco
    - poder
    - quedar
    - seguir
    - soler
    - subir
    - suponer
    English:
    amenable
    - and
    - bank on
    - call out
    - card
    - come
    - come along
    - come in
    - come over
    - come round
    - family
    - handy
    - have
    - let
    - like
    - pop over
    - shuttle
    - spot
    - suit
    - tale
    - taste
    - too
    - useful
    - visit
    - walk about
    - welcome
    - agreeable
    - aid
    - better
    - delighted
    - down
    - expect
    - foot
    - get
    - obviously
    - one
    - shall
    - thank
    - will
    - would
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [desplazarse, aproximarse] to come;
    ayer vino a casa she came to visit us yesterday;
    ¿de dónde vienes? where have you been?;
    vengo del mercado I've come from o been to the market;
    venir a/de hacer algo to come to do sth/from doing sth;
    ¿a qué has venido? why have you come?, what have you come for?;
    ven a ayudarme come and help me;
    voy y vengo I'll be right back;
    he venido (a) por Marta I've come for Marta;
    vinieron (a) por mí al aeropuerto they picked me up at the airport;
    todos veníamos muy cansados we were all very tired;
    vino hablando todo el camino she spent the whole journey talking;
    el año/mes que viene next year/month;
    RP
    venir al teléfono to come to the phone
    2. [llegar] to arrive;
    [regresar] to get back;
    aún no ha venido [llegado] she hasn't arrived yet;
    [regresado] she's not back yet;
    vendré tarde I'll be late (back);
    ¿han venido los del gas? has the gas man come yet?;
    cuando venga el verano when summer arrives
    3. [pasar, ocurrir]
    en aquel año vino una recesión there was a recession that year;
    ¿qué viene ahora? what comes next?;
    después de este programa viene una película after this programme there's a movie
    4. [proceder, derivarse]
    venir de algo to come from sth;
    viene de familia rica she's from o she comes from a rich family;
    el talento para la música le viene de familia the gift for music runs in the family;
    ¿de qué árbol viene el caucho? from what tree do we get rubber?;
    de ahí viene que te duela la espalda that's why your back is hurting;
    viniendo de ella no me sorprende it doesn't surprise me, coming from her
    5. Fam [decir, soltar]
    venir a alguien con algo to come to sb with sth;
    no me vengas con exigencias don't come to me making demands;
    ¡no me vengas con ésas! don't give me that!;
    vino con que le hacía falta el dinero he said he needed the money
    6. [hallarse] to be;
    su foto viene en primera página his photo is o appears on the front page;
    ¿dónde viene la sección de deportes? where's the sports section?;
    el texto viene en inglés the text is in English;
    vienen en todos los tamaños they come in every size;
    las anchoas vienen en lata anchovies come in cans o Br tins
    7. [acometer, sobrevenir]
    me viene sueño I'm getting sleepy;
    me venían ganas de vomitar I kept wanting to be sick;
    le vinieron ganas de reír he was seized by a desire to laugh;
    me ha venido el periodo my period has started;
    le vino una tremenda desgracia he suffered a great misfortune
    8. [ropa, calzado]
    ¿qué tal te viene? does it fit all right?;
    el abrigo le viene pequeño the coat is too small for her;
    este trabajo le viene un poco ancho o [m5] grande he's not really up to this job
    9. [convenir]
    venir bien/mal a alguien to suit/not to suit sb;
    el diccionario me vendrá muy bien the dictionary will come in very useful;
    ¿qué tal te viene el lunes? how's Monday for you?, how does Monday suit you?;
    mañana no me viene bien tomorrow isn't a good day for me, I can't make it tomorrow;
    no te vendrían mal unas vacaciones you could use a Br holiday o US vacation
    10. [indica aproximación o resultado]
    viene a costar un millón it costs almost a million;
    esto viene a significar… this effectively means…;
    ¿cómo has venido a parar aquí? how did you end up here?;
    venir a ser to amount to;
    viene a ser lo mismo it doesn't make much difference;
    venir a menos [negocio] to go downhill;
    [persona] to go down in the world;
    son una familia venida a menos they're a family which has gone down in the world
    11. Fam [orgasmo]
    me viene I'm coming
    12.
    ¿a qué viene…?: ¿a qué viene eso? what do you mean by that?, what's that in aid of?;
    ¿a qué viene tanta amabilidad? why all this kindness?, what's all this kindness in aid of?
    ♦ v aux
    1. [antes de gerundio] [haber estado]
    venir haciendo algo to have been doing sth;
    vengo diciéndolo desde hace tiempo I've been saying so for some time now;
    las peleas vienen sucediéndose desde hace tiempo fighting has been going on for some time;
    el desempleo viene siendo el mayor problema unemployment has been the major problem
    2. [antes de participio] [haber sido]
    los cambios vienen motivados por la presión de la oposición the changes have resulted from pressure on the part of the opposition;
    un espectáculo que viene precedido de gran polémica a show which has been surrounded by controversy
    * * *
    v/i
    1 come;
    venir de Lima come from Lima;
    a por algo come for sth, come to collect sth;
    viene a ser lo mismo it comes down to the same thing;
    venir a menos come down in the world;
    le vino una idea an idea occurred to him
    2
    :
    venir bien/mal be convenient/ inconvenient
    3 ( sentar)
    :
    el vestido me viene estrecho this dress is too tight for me
    4
    :
    viene en la página 3 it’s on page 3
    5
    :
    ¿a qué viene eso? why do you say that?;
    no me vengas ahora con … I don’t want to hear your…
    6
    :
    el año que viene next year, the coming year, the year to come
    7
    :
    ¡venga! venga aquí, no seas pesado come on!
    * * *
    venir {87} vi
    1) : to come
    lo vi venir: I saw him coming
    ¡venga!: come on!
    2) : to arrive
    vinieron en coche: they came by car
    3) : to come, to originate
    sus zapatos vienen de Italia: her shoes are from Italy
    4) : to come, to be available
    viene envuelto en plástico: it comes wrapped in plastic
    5) : to come back, to return
    6) : to affect, to overcome
    me vino un vahído: a dizzy spell came over me
    7) : to fit
    te viene un poco grande: it's a little big for you
    viene entrenando diariamente: he's been training daily
    9)
    venir a (with the infinitive) : to end up, to turn out
    viene a ser lo mismo: it comes out the same
    que viene : coming, next
    el año que viene: next year
    venir bien : to be suitable, to be just right
    * * *
    venir vb
    1. (en general) to come [pt. came; pp. come]
    ¿cuándo vendrás a vernos? when will you come to see us?
    ¿has venido en tren? did you come by train?
    2. (volver) to be back
    3. (estar, ser) to be
    ¡venga! come on!
    ¡venga ya! come off it!
    ¿te viene bien esta tarde? does this afternoon suit you?

    Spanish-English dictionary > venir

  • 8 essere

    1. v/i be
    essere di ( provenire di) be or come from
    essere di qualcuno ( appartenere a) belong to someone
    lei è di Roma she is or comes from Rome
    è di mio padre it is my father's, it belongs to my father
    c'è there is
    ci sono there are
    sono io it's me
    cosa c'è? what's the matter?, what's wrong?
    non c'è di che! don't mention it!
    chi è? who is it?
    ci siamo! here we are!
    sono le tre it's three o'clock
    siamo in quattro there are four of us
    se fossi in te if I were you
    sarà! if you say so!
    2. v/aux: siamo arrivati alle due we arrived at two o'clock
    non siamo ancora arrivati we haven't arrived yet
    è stato investito he has been run over
    3. m being
    essere umano human being
    * * *
    essere v.ausiliare
    1 ( con funzione di copula) to be*: sono italiano, I'm Italian; sei molto gentile, you're very kind; è un uomo fortunato, he's a lucky man; la porta è aperta, the door is open; è una vecchia storia, it's an old story; siamo buoni amici, we're good friends; siete francesi?, are you French?; il cielo era sereno, the sky was clear; non essere sgarbato, don't be rude; è interessante quell'articolo?, is that article interesting?; non è giusto, it isn't fair; sarà difficile trovarli, it will be hard to find them; fu un vero successo, it was a great success; questo non è vivere!, this is no life!; è notte, è mattina, it's night, it's morning; era una bellissima giornata, it was a beautiful day; era già tardi, it was already late; era il 1o di luglio, it was the 1st July; è Pasqua, Natale, it's Easter, Christmas; domani è il compleanno della mamma, it's my mother's birthday tomorrow
    2 ( nella coniugazione passiva) to be*: sei desiderato al telefono, you're wanted on the phone; la discoteca è frequentata da giovanissimi, the disco is popular with teenagers; il Presidente della Repubblica è eletto ogni 4 anni, the President of the Republic is elected every 4 years; la riunione si è tenuta nella Sala dei Congressi, the meeting was held in the Congress Hall; lo zar Pietro I fu detto il Grande, Tsar Peter I was called the Great; furono accusati di tentato omicidio, they were charged with attempted murder; la casa sarà completamente ristrutturata, the house is to be completely remodelled; dopo essere stato riconosciuto colpevole, fu condannato all'ergastolo, after being found guilty, he was sentenced to life imprisonment; quando sarà inaugurata la mostra?, when will the exhibition be inaugurated?; non è ancora stato reso noto il numero delle vittime, the number of victims is not yet known
    3 (nei tempi composti della coniugazione attiva di verbi intransitivi, riflessivi e impersonali) to have: è appena arrivato, he has just arrived; non sono ancora partiti, they haven't left yet; che cosa è avvenuto?, what has happened?; che n'è stato di lui?, what has become of him?; è molto invecchiato, he has aged a great deal; è piovuto tutto il giorno, it's been raining all day long; è piovuto parecchio in questi giorni, it has rained a great deal in the last few days; se fossi stato avvisato in tempo, sarei venuto alla riunione, if I had been informed in time, I would have come to the meeting; la temperatura si è notevolmente abbassata, the temperature has shot down; si è avuto un forte calo nelle vendite, there has been a sharp drop in sales; mi ero appena svegliato, I had just woken up; ci eravamo già incontrati, we had met before; saranno state le tre di notte, it must have been three o'clock in the morning
    4 (con un v. servile) to have: non sarei potuto venire comunque, I wouldn't have been able to come anyway; è dovuto partire improvvisamente, he has had to leave unexpectedly; ci siamo dovuti accontentare di una camera singola, we have had to make do with a single room
    ◆ v. intr.
    1 ( esistere) to be*, to exist: Dio è, God exists; penso, dunque sono, I think, therefore I am; essere o non essere, to be or not to be
    2 ( accadere, avvenire) to be*; to become*, to happen: che cosa è stato?, what was it?; quand'è stato?, when was it?; fu nell'estate del '78, it was (o it happened) in the summer of '78 // e fu così che conobbi mio marito, that's how I met my husband // quel ch'è stato è stato, let bygones be bygones // sia quel che sia, sia come sia, be that as it may (be) // sarà quel che sarà, what (ever) will be will be // che ne sarà di noi?, what's to become of us?; che n'è stato di lui?, what has become of him? // com'è come non è, all of a sudden // ebbene, sia!, well, so be it! // come che sia, whatever happens // così sia, let it be // come se niente fosse, as if nothing had happened
    3 ( consistere) to consist, to lie*: la felicità non è nella ricchezza, happiness doesn't lie in riches; il problema era che si doveva decidere subito, the trouble lay in having to decide at once // il bello è che..., the interesting thing is that... // il fatto è che..., the fact is that...
    4 ( costare, valere, pesare) to be: ''Quant'è?'' ''Sono 15 euro in tutto'', ''How much is it?'' ''It's 15 euros''; ''Quant'era di peso?'', ''How heavy was it?''; quant'è una sterlina in euro?, how much is a pound in euros?; quant'è un panino e una birra?, how much is a sandwich and a glass of beer?; quant'era il conto?, how much was the bill?
    5 ( andare) to be*: dove sei stato quest'estate?, where have you been this summer?; ''Sei mai stato a Londra?'' ''Sì, ci sono stato l'anno scorso'', ''Have you ever been to London?'' ''Yes, I was there last year''; non eravamo mai stati a Parigi, we had never been to Paris; sono stati a trovarla all'ospedale, they have been to see her in hospital
    6 ( arrivare, venire) to be*: eri già stato da queste parti?, had you ever been here before?; sono subito da lei, I'll be with you at once; tra poco saremo a casa, we'll be home soon
    7 ( stare, trovarsi) to be*: ''Dove sono gli altri invitati?'' ''Sono in giardino'', ''Where are the other guests?'' ''They're in the garden''; è a Tokyo per lavoro, he's in Tokyo on business; la casa è in ottimo stato, the house is in excellent shape; il direttore non è in ufficio, the manager isn't in the office; l'ufficiale era in divisa, the officer was in uniform; sono a pranzo da amici domani, I'm having lunch with friends tomorrow; siamo in primavera, it's spring; a che capitolo siamo?, what chapter are we at?; stanotte sono di guardia, I'm on duty tonight; erano tutti dalla mia parte, they were all on my side // essere in dubbio, to be in doubt // essere sull'avviso, to be warned // essere alla fame, to be starving // essere alla disperazione, to be in despair // essere dalla parte della ragione, del torto, to be in the right, in the wrong // essere più di là che di qua, to be more dead than alive // (banca): essere alla pari, to be at par; essere in rosso, scoperto, to be in the red (o overdrawn) // essere in disavanzo, to be in debit
    8 ( diventare) to be*, to get*: quando sarai grande, capirai, you'll understand when you're grown up (o when you get older); vorrebbe essere un attore, he would like to be an actor; un giorno sarò ricco, one day I'll be rich; quando fu stanco di studiare, andò a fare due passi, when he got tired of studying, he went for a walk
    9 ( in correlazione) sia... sia: sia il padre sia la madre parteciparono alla cerimonia, both his father and mother were present at the ceremony // sia che... sia che..., whether... or...: sia che tu lo voglia, sia che non lo voglia, partiremo domani, we're leaving tomorrow, whether you like it or not; sia che lo mandi per espresso, sia che lo spedisca via aerea, non arriverà in tempo, whether you send it express or (by) airmail, it won't arrive in time
    10 essere di, ( materia) to be (made) of; ( appartenenza) to be of, to belong (to); ( origine) to be from: tutte le statue erano di bronzo, all the statues were made of bronze; ''Di chi è quest'ombrello?'' ''é di Marco'', ''Whose umbrella is this?'' ''It's Mark's'' (o ''It belongs to Mark''); sono di Venezia, I'm from Venice; è di buona famiglia, he's from a good family
    11 essere da, ( convenire a) to be worthy (of); (seguito da inf. con valore di dovere) to be (to): non è un comportamento da persona civile, his behaviour isn't worthy of a gentleman; è tutto da verificare, it remains to be seen; non sono fatti da sottovalutare, they're not facts to be underestimated; è una cosa da fare subito?, is it something to be done at once? // non sono da meno di lui, I'm worth as much as he is.
    ◆ esserci, to be*: che c'è?, what's the matter?; che cosa c'è di nuovo?, what's new?; c'è qualcuno in casa?, is there anyone at home?; c'è molto traffico sulle strade, there is a lot of traffic on the roads; non c'era nessuna traccia dei rapitori, there was no sign of the kidnappers; chi c'era al concerto?, who was at the concert?; non c'è stato mezzo di farlo ragionare, there was no way of getting him to see reason; ci dev'essere una soluzione di questo problema, there must be an answer to this problem; ci saranno state una ventina di persone alla cerimonia, there must have been about twenty people at the ceremony // quanto c'è da Roma a Napoli?, ( distanza) how far is it from Rome to Naples?; ( tempo) how long does it take from Rome to Naples? // ci siamo!, ( siamo arrivati) here we are!; ( siamo alle solite) here we go again! // ci sono!, ( ho capito) I've got it! // non c'è che dire, there's nothing to be said // non c'era il minimo dubbio, there wasn't the slightest doubt // non c'è da aver paura, there is nothing to be afraid of // c'era una volta un re, un cavaliere, once upon a time there was a king, a knight.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: ''Chi è?'' ''Sono io'', ''Who is it?'' ''It's me'' (o form. ''It is I''); sei tu?, is that (o is it) you? // che ora è?, what's the time? (o what time is it?) // vent'anni or sono, twenty years ago // nei tempi che furono, in the past (o in times gone by) // è per questo che..., that's why... // se fossi in te..., if I were you; se non fosse stato per il tempo..., if it hadn't been for the weather... (o but for the weather...) // ( come) sarebbe a dire?, what do you mean by that? // sono due ore che ti aspetto, I've been waiting for you for two hours // essere a spasso, ( disoccupato) to be out of work (o to be out of a job) // essere in grado di fare qlco., ( capace) to be able to do sthg.; ( in condizione di) to be in a position to do sthg. // essere sul punto di, in procinto di fare qlco., to be on the point of doing sthg., to be about to do sthg. // essere giù, ( fisicamente) to be run down; ( moralmente) to be down, (fam.) to be down in the dumps // essere di aiuto, to help // essere in sé, to be oneself; essere fuori di sé, ( sragionare) to be out of one's mind; ( non riuscire a dominarsi) to be beside oneself // sarà!..., ( per esprimere dubbio, perplessità) maybe (o that's how it may be); ( per esprimere incredulità) that's a likely story! // non può essere!, that's impossible!
    essere s.m.
    1 being, individual: esseri umani, human beings // l'Essere Supremo, the Supreme Being
    2 ( creatura) creature: un essere spregevole, a despicable creature (o fellow); un povero essere, a poor creature
    3 ( esistenza) existence: l'essere dello spirito, the existence of the spirit
    4 ( stato) state, condition.
    * * *
    ['ɛssere] (aus essere)
    1. vi
    1) (copulativo) to be

    chi è quel tipo? — è Giovanni — who is that (guy)? — it's Giovanni

    è giovane/malato — he is young/ill

    siamo in dieci a volerci andare — there are ten of us wanting to go o who want to go

    2) (trovarsi) to be, (vivere) to live

    sono qui da tre ore — I've been here for three hours

    è a Roma dal 1990 — he's been (living) in Rome since 1990

    3) (diventare) to be
    4) (esistere) to be
    5)

    (provenire) è di Genova — he is o comes from Genoa

    6)

    (appartenenza) di chi è questo libro? — è mio — whose book is this? — it's mine

    non potrò essere dei vostri quest'estate — I won't be able to join you this summer

    7)

    (data) è il 12 giugno — it is June 12th

    8)

    (ora) che ora è? o che ore sono? — sono le due — what's the time? o what time is it? — it's two o'clock

    9)

    (+ da + infinito) è da fare subito — it should be done o needs to be done o is to be done immediately

    è da spedire stasera — it has (got) to be sent tonight

    2. vb aus
    1)

    (tempi composti: attivo) è arrivato? — has he arrived?

    2)

    (tempi composti: passivo) è stato fabbricato in India — it was made in India

    3)

    (tempi composti: riflessivo) si sono vestiti — they dressed, they got dressed

    (reciproco) si sono baciati — they kissed

    non si sono visti — they didn't see each other

    3. vb impers
    1)

    è che non mi piace — the fact is I don't like it

    che ne sarà della macchina? — what will happen to the car?

    sarà come dici tu — you may be right

    come sarebbe a dire? — what do you mean?

    come se niente fosse — as if nothing had happened

    è da tre ore che ti aspetto — I've been waiting for you for three hours

    non è da te — it's not like you

    sia detto fra noi — between you and me

    è possibile che venga — he may come

    può essere — perhaps

    sarà quel che sarà — what will be will be

    sia quel che sia, io me ne vado — whatever happens I'm off

    2)

    (costare) sono 200 euro — that's 200 euros, that comes to 200 euros

    quant'è? — how much is it?

    quant'è in tutto? — how much does that come to?

    3)

    esserci: c'è — there is

    non c'è altro da dire — there's nothing else to be said o there's nothing more one can say

    che (cosa) c'è? — what's wrong o the matter?

    che c'è di nuovo? — what's new?

    cosa c'è — what's wrong o the matter?

    c'è da strapparsi i capelli — it's enough to drive you up the wall

    ce n'è per tutti — there's enough for everybody

    quanti invitati ci saranno? — how many guests will there be?

    quanto c'è da qui a Edimburgo? — how far is it from here to Edinburgh?

    c'era una volta... — once upon a time there was...

    See:
    4. sm
    * * *
    I ['ɛssere]
    verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)

    sono subito da lei, signora — I'll be with you right away, madam

    "sei brutto!" "sarai bello tu!" — "you're ugly!" "you're not so handsome yourself!"

    che ne è di...? — what (has become) of...?

    non è da te, da lui — it's not like you, him

    se non fosse per... — were it not o if it were not for...

    se non fosse stato per te, sarei morto — had it not been for you, I would have died

    se fossi in te, lui... — if I were you, him...

    per essere un capo non è male — as bosses go, she's not bad

    per essere bello è bello ma... — I'm not saying he's not handsome, but...

    può essere — maybe, perhaps

    può essere che non venga — he may o might not come

    quel che è stato, è stato — let bygones be bygones

    sarà! — (forse) maybe! (ne dubito) I have my doubts!

    sarà anche il capo ma — he may be the boss, but

    sia come sia — be that as it may II esserci, esservi

    che (cosa) c'è? — (che succede?) what is it? what's up? what's the matter? (che vuoi?) yes? (con tono seccato) what do you want?

    sono Luca, c'è tuo fratello? — it's Luca, is your brother in o there?

    ci siamo — (ci risiamo) there we go again; (ecco che si comincia) here we go

    II ['ɛssere]
    sostantivo maschile
    2) (persona) person, creature

    con tutto il proprio essere — [detestare, desiderare] with one's whole being

    4) (esistenza) being, existence
    * * *
    essere1
    /'εssere/ [4]
     (aus. essere) essere o non essere to be or not to be; tre anni or sono three years ago; sono subito da lei, signora I'll be with you right away, madam; "sei brutto!" "sarai bello tu!" "you're ugly!" "you're not so handsome yourself!"; che ne è di...? what (has become) of...? che ne sarà di noi? what will become of us? non è da te, da lui it's not like you, him; se non fosse per... were it not o if it were not for...; se non fosse stato per te, sarei morto had it not been for you, I would have died; se fossi in te, lui... if I were you, him...; per essere un capo non è male as bosses go, she's not bad; per essere bello è bello ma... I'm not saying he's not handsome, but...; può essere maybe, perhaps; può essere che non venga he may o might not come; non può essere (vero)! it can't be (true)! quel che è stato, è stato let bygones be bygones; sarà! (forse) maybe! (ne dubito) I have my doubts! sarà anche il capo ma he may be the boss, but; sarà quel che sarà what(ever) will be will be; e sia! so be it! sia come sia be that as it may II esserci, esservi che (cosa) c'è?(che succede?) what is it? what's up? what's the matter? (che vuoi?) yes? (con tono seccato) what do you want? c'è nessuno (in casa)? is anybody there o in? sono Luca, c'è tuo fratello? it's Luca, is your brother in o there? non ci sono per nessuno I'm not in for anyone; ci siamo (ci risiamo) there we go again; (ecco che si comincia) here we go.
    ————————
    essere2
    /'εssere/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (organismo vivente) being; essere umano human being; essere vivente living being
     2 (persona) person, creature; un essere spregevole a despicable person
     3 (natura intima) being; con tutto il proprio essere [detestare, desiderare] with one's whole being
     4 (esistenza) being, existence.
    \
    See also notes... (essere.pdf)

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > essere

  • 9 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 10 gehen

    I v/i; geht, ging, ist gegangen
    1. ( zu Fuß) gehen walk, go (on foot, Am. auch by foot); spazieren gehen go for a walk; aufrecht / gebückt gehen walk upright / with a stoop; am Stock gehen walk with a stick (Am. cane); im Schritt / Trab gehen Pferd: walk / trot; wo ich gehe und stehe sehe ich... wherever I go...
    2. mit Richtung: gehen in (+ Akk) go into, enter; auf / über die Straße gehen go out into / cross the street; mit jemandem zum Bahnhof etc. gehen see s.o. ( oder go with s.o.) to the station etc.; er geht nie aus dem Haus he never leaves ( oder goes out of) the house; Licht, Seite, Weg etc.
    3. (sich irgendwohin begeben) go; schwimmen etc. gehen go swimming etc.; jemanden suchen gehen (go and) look for s.o.; ins oder zu Bett gehen go to bed; ins Ausland / Kino etc. gehen go abroad / to the cinema (Am. to a movie) etc.; aufs Dach gehen go up on the roof; in Deckung gehen take cover; ins Wasser gehen go into the water; auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing; unter Menschen gehen mix with people; an / von Bord gehen go on board / leave the ship, plane etc., embark / disembark; zu jemandem gehen (sich hinzugesellen) join s.o.; mit einer Frage etc.: go up to s.o.; (besuchen) go and see s.o.; seit wann bist du unter die Alkoholiker / Sportler gegangen? umg., hum. since when have you been an alcoholic / a sports enthusiast?
    4. beruflich etc.: als Putzfrau etc. gehen work as a cleaner; in die Fabrik etc. gehen (dort anfangen) start at the factory etc.; (dort arbeiten) go (in)to the factory; zur Schule / aufs Gymnasium etc. gehen go to school / grammar (Am. high) school; sie geht noch nicht in die oder zur Schule she doesn’t go to ( oder she’s not at, Am. in) school yet; in die Politik / zum Film etc. gehen go into politics / films (Am. motion pictures); zu den oder unter die Soldaten gehen join the army; ins Kloster gehen become a nun; in oder auf Urlaub gehen go on holiday (Am. vacation); in Rente gehen retire
    5. umg. (sich kleiden): als Clown etc. gehen im Karneval: go as a clown etc.; in Zivil gehen Soldat: wear civilian clothes; Polizist: wear plainclothes; ganz in Weiß etc. gehen wear white etc., be all in white etc.; sie geht heute im Kleid / mit Hut she’s wearing a dress / hat today; so kannst du nicht gehen! you can’t go (looking) like that!
    6. (beginnen): an die Arbeit etc. gehen get down to work etc.; auch unpers.: wenn’s ans Aufräumen / Trinken geht when it comes to clearing up / drinking
    7. fig.: an etw. (Akk) gehen umg. ohne Erlaubnis: touch s.th.; Geldbeutel, Handtasche go into s.th.; (nehmen) take s.th.; die Kinder waren mir an das Geld / den Kuchen gegangen the kids had been at (Am. into) my money / cake; geh mir ja nicht an meine Sachen umg. don’t you (dare) touch ( oder interfere with) my things; sie sind auseinander gegangen (haben sich getrennt) they’ve split up; in sich gehen do a bit of soul-searching; mit jemandem gehen umg. (fest befreundet sein) go steady with s.o.
    8. (weggehen, auch aus Stellung etc.) go, leave; gehst du schon? are you going already?; jetzt geh schon! ermunternd: go on then; antreibend: get going then; jemanden lieber gehen als kommen sehen be glad to see the back of s.o.; er ist von uns gegangen euph. (ist tot) he has passed away; jemanden gehen lassen let s.o. go; ungestraft: let s.o. off; gehen lassen umg., fig. (Seil etc.) (loslassen) let go; (jemanden, etw.) (in Ruhe lassen) leave alone; sich gehen lassen fig. unmanierlich: let o.s. go; (die Beherrschung verlieren) lose one’s temper; er ist gegangen worden umg., hum. he was sacked (bes. Am. fired); geh! bes. südd., österr., erstaunt: really?; ach, geh oder geh, geh! umg. come on!, go on!; geh mir doch mit deinen faulen Ausreden / dem blöden Kerl ( vom Leib)! umg., fig. I don’t want to hear any of your excuses / see the stupid man; geh mir ( bloß) mit Mallorca! you can keep ( oder I’ve had enough of) your wretched Majorca!
    9. Zug etc.: (abfahren) go ( nach to), leave ( oder depart) (for); (verkehren) go, run; wann geht der nächste Zug nach Rom? when does the next train for Rome leave ( oder depart)?; der nächste Bus geht erst in zwei Stunden there isn’t another bus for two hours; hier geht alle zehn Minuten ein Bus there’s a bus every ten minutes here; siehe auch 13
    10. allg. Bewegung: ging da nicht gerade eine Tür? wasn’t that a door I heard (going)?; die Schublade geht so schwer the drawer is so difficult to open ( oder shut), the drawer sticks; draußen geht ein kalter Wind there’s a cold wind blowing outside
    11. mit Ziel: der Ball ging ins Tor the ball went in; sie ging als Erste durchs Ziel she was the first to cross the finishing line; der Schuss ging mitten ins Herz the shot went clean through the heart; das Foto ging von Hand zu Hand the photo was passed from hand to hand
    12. fig.: es geht das Gerücht, dass... there’s a rumo(u)r going around that...; das Erbe ging an ihn the inheritance went to him; das geht auf mich (zahle ich) that’s on me; das geht auf die Leber etc. it’s bad for your liver etc., it takes its toll on your liver etc.; es geht auf oder gegen Mitternacht it’s nearly midnight; sie geht auf die 60 she’s nearly 60; seine Kritik ging dahin, dass... his criticism was to the effect that..., what his criticism boiled down to was that...; ein Aufschrei ging durch die Menge a cry went up from the crowd; der Skandal ging durch die Presse the scandal was in all the papers; das geht gegen mein Gewissen it goes against my conscience; was ich jetzt sage, geht nicht gegen dich is not aimed at you; gehen nach (sich richten nach) go by; nach dem Aussehen kann man nicht gehen you can’t go ( oder judge) by appearances; wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way; es kann nicht immer alles nach deinem Kopf gehen you can’t get your own way all of the time; was geht hier vor sich? what’s going on here?; wie ist das vor sich gegangen? what happened?
    13. Mauer, Weg etc.: go, lead to; Treppe: lead (down / up) to; Leitung etc.: lead; Fenster: face, look out on; Tür: open; gehen durch go ( oder pass) through; wohin geht dieser Weg? where does this path go ( oder lead to)?; wohin geht die Reise? where are you etc. off to?; der Zaun geht bis zum Fluss / um das ganze Grundstück goes as far as the river / around the whole property; das Fenster geht auf die Straße / nach Norden looks out onto the street / faces ( oder looks) north; die Brücke geht über eine Schlucht spans ( oder goes over) a ravine; der Zug, die Strecke geht über Ulm nach Stuttgart goes to Stuttgart via Ulm; zum Zoo geht es die nächste Straße rechts for the zoo, take the next (street on the) right; an der Ampel geht es ( nach) links go left at the lights
    14. zur Angabe von Mengen, Grenzen: das Wasser / er geht mir bis ans oder zum Kinn the water / he comes up to my chin; der Rock geht über die Knie the skirt comes to below the knee; eine tief gehende Wunde a deep wound; tief gehender Schmerz deep grief; es gehen 200 Personen in den Saal the hall holds ( oder seats) two hundred people; wie oft geht fünf in neunzig? how many times does five go into ninety?; der Schrank geht nicht durch die Tür the cupboard won’t go through the door; auf einen Zentner gehen 50 Kilogramm 50 kilogram(me)s make a (metric) hundredweight
    15. (erreichen) der Schaden geht in die Millionen runs into millions; die Kämpfe gehen in den vierten Tag fighting has entered its fourth day; das Spiel geht in die Verlängerung the game is going into extra time (Am. overtime)
    16. (dauern) last; wie lange geht die Sitzung schon / noch? how long has the meeting been going on ( oder been under way) / how much longer is the meeting going to take?; die Ferien gehen vom 10. bis 24. Mai the holidays are ( oder run) from the 10th to the 24th of May (Am. May 10th to 24th); das geht nun schon seit Jahren so that’s been going on for years
    17. (übertreffen, übersteigen): das geht über meinen Verstand / meine Kräfte / meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten it’s beyond my understanding / strength / financial capabilities, it’s more than I can grasp / manage / afford; es geht doch nichts über... there’s nothing like...; das / sie geht ihm über alles it / she means everything to him
    18. fig.: wie hoch kannst / willst du gehen? beim Kaufen: how much can you afford? / do you want to spend?; beim Wetten, Pokern etc.: how high can you / do you want to go?; das geht zu weit! that’s going too far!; jetzt bist du zu weit gegangen now you’ve gone too far; er ging so weit zu sagen... he went so far as to say...; das ging so weit, dass... it got to the point where..., things went so far that...
    19.
    a) (in Betrieb sein) Staubsauger, Radio etc.: be on;
    b) (klingeln) Klingel, Telefon: ring, go; um 6 Uhr ging mein Wecker my alarm went off at 6 o’clock; das Telefon geht schon den ganzen Tag the phone has been ringing all day;
    c) Puls: beat; ihr Puls geht zu schnell / nicht mehr her pulse is too rapid / has stopped
    20. (funktionieren) go, work; die Uhr geht nicht has stopped; (ist kaputt) is broken; meine Uhr geht falsch / richtig my watch is wrong / right; keine Angst, das geht ganz leicht don’t worry, it’s quite easy; das Gedicht, Lied geht so goes like this; wie geht das Lied gleich wieder? umg. how does the song go again?; wie soll denn das gehen? (verstehe ich nicht) how do you do it?; (glaube ich nicht) how do you say you do it?
    21. (möglich sein) be possible; (gut sein) be all right; geht (es) Mittwoch? is Wednesday OK ( oder all right)?; Mittwoch geht gut Wednesday is fine
    22. unpers.; (erlaubt sein) be allowed; ich hätte morgen gern das Auto, geht das? is that OK?; so geht das ( aber) nicht! that won’t do at all!
    23. umg. (ausreichen, akzeptabel sein) do; der Mantel muss den Winter noch gehen the coat will have to do for ( oder last) this winter; geht das jetzt so? will it do?, is it all right like that?; der Hunger ging ja noch, aber der Durst ( war nicht auszuhalten)! the hunger we could take, but the thirst (was unbearable)!
    24. Entwicklung, Verlauf: gut gehen go well, turn out all right; Geschäfte: do well, go well; schief gehen go wrong; wie gehen die Geschäfte? how’s business?; gut / schlecht gehend Geschäft etc.: flourishing ( oder thriving) / ailing; das konnte nicht gut gehen it was bound to go wrong; das kann ja nicht gut gehen! umg. there’s no way it’s going to work; wenn das nur gut geht! well, let’s just hope for the best; das ist noch einmal gut gegangen that was close ( oder a close thing, Am. a close call), talk about lucky umg.; so geht es, wenn man nicht aufpasst etc.: that’s what comes of (+ Ger.) abwärts, aufwärts, vorwärts
    25. Ware: sell ( gut well), go (well); die Stiefel gehen überhaupt nicht nobody’s buying ( oder interested in) the boots, the boots aren’t selling at all
    26. unpers.; Befinden: wie geht es Ihnen oder dir? how are you?; zu einem Kranken: how are you feeling?; wie geht’s(, wie steht’s)? umg. how are things?, how’s life (with you)?, how’s life treating you?; mir geht’s gut / schlecht I’m fine / not well; geschäftlich etc.: I’m doing fine / badly; es geht (so) umg. not too bad(ly), (it) could be worse; es sich (Dat) gut gehen lassen have a good time, enjoy o.s.; sonst geht’s dir ( aber schon) gut? iro. are you sure you’re feeling all right?; ihm ist es ( auch) nicht besser gegangen he didn’t do ( oder fare) any better; mir ist es genauso gegangen it was the same for me, same here umg.; wie geht es dir mit diesem Film? what do you think ( oder how do you feel) about this film (Am. auch movie)?; mir geht es genauso I feel exactly the same way, same here umg.; jetzt geht es ihm ans Leben oder an den Kragen etc. umg. he’s really in for it now
    27. unpers.; (möglich sein): es geht nicht it can’t be done, it’s impossible, nothing doing umg., no way umg.; es wird schon gehen it’ll be all right; es geht auch so / allein (ohne das/dich) we etc. can manage without it/you; es geht ( eben) nicht anders it can’t be helped(, I’m afraid)
    28. unpers.; fig.: es geht um Thema: it’s about; worum geht es in dem Film / bei dem Streit? what’s the film (Am. auch movie)/ quarrel about?; es geht hier um... we’re talking about ( oder looking at)...; worum geht es? (was willst du von mir) what’s the problem?; es geht um den Frieden etc.: peace etc. is at stake; es geht darum zu (+ Inf.) it’s a question ( oder matter) of (+ Ger.) darum geht es hier ( gar) nicht that’s not the point;
    d) persönliches Interesse: worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you really after?; es geht ihm nur ums Geld he’s just interested in the money; mir geht es nicht ums Geld, sondern um... I’m not interested in the money, but...; um das Geld geht’s mir ja gar nicht I’m not the least bit interested in ( oder don’t care about) the money
    29. Teig: rise; den Teig gehen lassen let the dough rise
    30. als Funktionsverb: zu Bruch oder in die Brüche gehen break, get broken; in Druck gehen go to press; in Erfüllung gehen be fulfilled ( oder realized); in Produktion gehen go into production; offline, online, verloren, vonstatten etc.
    II v/t: einen Umweg gehen make a detour; wir gingen die Strecke Altdorf - Neustadt in drei Stunden we walked from Altdorf to Neustadt in three hours; Gang1 3, Weg
    III v/refl unpers.: in diesen Schuhen geht es sich gut these shoes are good for walking, these are good walking shoes; auf dem steinigen Boden ging es sich etwas mühsam the going was fairly laborious over the stony ground
    * * *
    to march; to step; to go; to walk
    * * *
    Ge|hen
    nt -s, no pl
    (= Zu-Fuß-Gehen) walking; (= Abschied) leaving; (SPORT) (= Disziplin) walking; (= Wettbewerb) walk
    * * *
    1) (to walk, travel, move etc: He is going across the field; Go straight ahead; When did he go out?) go
    2) (to be sent, passed on etc: Complaints have to go through the proper channels.) go
    3) (to visit, to attend: He goes to school every day; I decided not to go to the movie.) go
    4) (to move away: I think it is time you were going.) go
    5) (to be working etc: I don't think that clock is going.) go
    6) (to be acceptable etc: Anything goes in this office.) go
    7) (to have a particular tune etc: How does that song go?) go
    8) (an act of leaving, moving away etc: the comings and goings of the people in the street.) going
    9) (to go: I think I'll go along to that meeting.) go along
    10) ((of people or animals) to (cause to) move on foot at a pace slower than running, never having both or all the feet off the ground at once: He walked across the room and sat down; How long will it take to walk to the station?; She walks her dog in the park every morning.) walk
    * * *
    Ge·hen
    <-s>
    [ˈge:ən]
    1. (Zu-Fuß-Gehen) walking
    2. (das Weggehen) going, leaving
    schon im \Gehen, wandte sie sich noch einmal um she turned round once more as she left
    sein frühes/vorzeitiges \Gehen his early departure
    3. SPORT race walking
    * * *
    das; Gehens
    2) (Leichtathletik) walking
    * * *
    A. v/i; geht, ging, ist gegangen
    1.
    (zu Fuß) gehen walk, go (on foot, US auch by foot);
    spazieren gehen go for a walk;
    aufrecht/gebückt gehen walk upright/with a stoop;
    am Stock gehen walk with a stick (US cane);
    im Schritt/Trab gehen Pferd: walk/trot;
    wo ich gehe und stehe sehe ich … wherever I go …
    gehen in (+akk) go into, enter;
    auf/über die Straße gehen go out into/cross the street;
    gehen see sb ( oder go with sb) to the station etc;
    er geht nie aus dem Haus he never leaves ( oder goes out of) the house; → Licht, Seite, Weg etc
    3. (sich irgendwohin begeben) go;
    schwimmen etc
    gehen go swimming etc;
    jemanden suchen gehen (go and) look for sb;
    zu Bett gehen go to bed;
    ins Ausland/Kino etc
    gehen go abroad/to the cinema (US to a movie) etc;
    aufs Dach gehen go up on the roof;
    in Deckung gehen take cover;
    ins Wasser gehen go into the water;
    auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing;
    unter Menschen gehen mix with people;
    an/von Bord gehen go on board/leave the ship, plane etc, embark/disembark;
    zu jemandem gehen (sich hinzugesellen) join sb; mit einer Frage etc: go up to sb; (besuchen) go and see sb;
    seit wann bist du unter die Alkoholiker/Sportler gegangen? umg, hum since when have you been an alcoholic/a sports enthusiast?
    4. beruflich etc:
    gehen work as a cleaner;
    gehen (dort anfangen) start at the factory etc; (dort arbeiten) go (in)to the factory;
    zur Schule/aufs Gymnasium etc
    gehen go to school/grammar (US high) school;
    zur Schule she doesn’t go to ( oder she’s not at, US in) school yet;
    in die Politik/zum Film etc
    gehen go into politics/films (US motion pictures);
    unter die Soldaten gehen join the army;
    ins Kloster gehen become a nun;
    in oder
    auf Urlaub gehen go on holiday (US vacation);
    5. umg (sich kleiden):
    als Clown etc
    gehen im Karneval: go as a clown etc;
    in Zivil gehen Soldat: wear civilian clothes; Polizist: wear plainclothes;
    gehen wear white etc, be all in white etc;
    sie geht heute im Kleid/mit Hut she’s wearing a dress/hat today;
    so kannst du nicht gehen! you can’t go (looking) like that!
    6. (beginnen):
    gehen get down to work etc; auch unpers:
    wenn’s ans Aufräumen/Trinken geht when it comes to clearing up/drinking
    7. fig:
    an etwas (akk)
    gehen umg ohne Erlaubnis: touch sth; Geldbeutel, Handtasche go into sth; (nehmen) take sth;
    die Kinder waren mir an das Geld/den Kuchen gegangen the kids had been at (US into) my money/cake;
    geh mir ja nicht an meine Sachen umg don’t you (dare) touch ( oder interfere with) my things;
    sie sind auseinandergegangen (haben sich getrennt) they’ve split up;
    in sich gehen do a bit of soul-searching;
    mit jemandem gehen umg (fest befreundet sein) go steady with sb
    8. (weggehen, auch aus Stellung etc) go, leave;
    gehst du schon? are you going already?;
    jetzt geh schon! ermunternd: go on then; antreibend: get going then;
    jemanden lieber gehen als kommen sehen be glad to see the back of sb;
    er ist von uns gegangen euph (ist tot) he has passed away;
    jemanden gehen lassen let sb go; ungestraft: let sb off;
    gehen lassen umg, fig (Seil etc) (loslassen) let go; (jemanden, etwas) (in Ruhe lassen) leave alone;
    sich gehen lassen fig unmanierlich: let o.s. go; (die Beherrschung verlieren) lose one’s temper;
    er ist gegangen worden umg, hum he was sacked (besonders US fired);
    geh! besonders südd, österr, erstaunt: really?;
    ach, geh oder
    geh, geh! umg come on!, go on!;
    geh mir doch mit deinen faulen Ausreden/dem blöden Kerl (vom Leib)! umg, fig I don’t want to hear any of your excuses/see the stupid man;
    geh mir (bloß) mit Mallorca! you can keep ( oder I’ve had enough of) your wretched Majorca!
    9. Zug etc: (abfahren) go (
    nach to), leave ( oder depart) (for); (verkehren) go, run;
    wann geht der nächste Zug nach Rom? when does the next train for Rome leave ( oder depart)?;
    der nächste Bus geht erst in zwei Stunden there isn’t another bus for two hours;
    hier geht alle zehn Minuten ein Bus there’s a bus every ten minutes here; → auch 13
    10. allg Bewegung:
    ging da nicht gerade eine Tür? wasn’t that a door I heard (going)?;
    die Schublade geht so schwer the drawer is so difficult to open ( oder shut), the drawer sticks;
    draußen geht ein kalter Wind there’s a cold wind blowing outside
    11. mit Ziel:
    der Ball ging ins Tor the ball went in;
    sie ging als Erste durchs Ziel she was the first to cross the finishing line;
    der Schuss ging mitten ins Herz the shot went clean through the heart;
    das Foto ging von Hand zu Hand the photo was passed from hand to hand
    12. fig:
    es geht das Gerücht, dass … there’s a rumo(u)r going around that …;
    das Erbe ging an ihn the inheritance went to him;
    das geht auf die Leber etc it’s bad for your liver etc, it takes its toll on your liver etc;
    gegen Mitternacht it’s nearly midnight;
    sie geht auf die 60 she’s nearly 60;
    seine Kritik ging dahin, dass … his criticism was to the effect that …, what his criticism boiled down to was that …;
    ein Aufschrei ging durch die Menge a cry went up from the crowd;
    der Skandal ging durch die Presse the scandal was in all the papers;
    das geht gegen mein Gewissen it goes against my conscience; was ich jetzt sage,
    geht nicht gegen dich is not aimed at you;
    nach dem Aussehen kann man nicht gehen you can’t go ( oder judge) by appearances;
    wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way;
    es kann nicht immer alles nach deinem Kopf gehen you can’t get your own way all of the time;
    was geht hier vor sich? what’s going on here?;
    wie ist das vor sich gegangen? what happened?
    13. Mauer, Weg etc: go, lead to; Treppe: lead (down/up) to; Leitung etc: lead; Fenster: face, look out on; Tür: open;
    gehen durch go ( oder pass) through;
    wohin geht dieser Weg? where does this path go ( oder lead to)?;
    wohin geht die Reise? where are you etc off to?;
    geht bis zum Fluss/um das ganze Grundstück goes as far as the river/around the whole property;
    geht auf die Straße/nach Norden looks out onto the street/faces ( oder looks) north;
    geht über eine Schlucht spans ( oder goes over) a ravine;
    der Zug, die Strecke
    geht über Ulm nach Stuttgart goes to Stuttgart via Ulm;
    zum Zoo geht es die nächste Straße rechts for the zoo, take the next (street on the) right;
    an der Ampel geht es (nach) links go left at the lights
    14. zur Angabe von Mengen, Grenzen:
    das Wasser/er geht mir bis ans oder
    zum Kinn the water/he comes up to my chin;
    der Rock geht über die Knie the skirt comes to below the knee;
    es gehen 200 Personen in den Saal the hall holds ( oder seats) two hundred people;
    wie oft geht fünf in neunzig? how many times does five go into ninety?;
    der Schrank geht nicht durch die Tür the cupboard won’t go through the door;
    auf einen Zentner gehen 50 Kilogramm 50 kilogram(me)s make a (metric) hundredweight
    15. (erreichen) der Schaden
    geht in die Millionen runs into millions;
    die Kämpfe gehen in den vierten Tag fighting has entered its fourth day;
    das Spiel geht in die Verlängerung the game is going into extra time (US overtime)
    16. (dauern) last;
    wie lange geht die Sitzung schon/noch? how long has the meeting been going on ( oder been under way)/how much longer is the meeting going to take?;
    die Ferien gehen vom 10. bis 24. Mai the holidays are ( oder run) from the 10th to the 24th of May (US May 10th to 24th);
    das geht nun schon seit Jahren so that’s been going on for years
    das geht über meinen Verstand/meine Kräfte/meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten it’s beyond my understanding/strength/financial capabilities, it’s more than I can grasp/manage/afford;
    es geht doch nichts über … there’s nothing like …;
    das/sie geht ihm über alles it/she means everything to him
    18. fig:
    wie hoch kannst/willst du gehen? beim Kaufen: how much can you afford?/do you want to spend?; beim Wetten, Pokern etc: how high can you/do you want to go?;
    das geht zu weit! that’s going too far!;
    jetzt bist du zu weit gegangen now you’ve gone too far;
    er ging so weit zu sagen … he went so far as to say …;
    das ging so weit, dass … it got to the point where …, things went so far that …
    19. (in Betrieb sein) Staubsauger, Radio etc: be on; (klingeln) Klingel, Telefon: ring, go;
    um 6 Uhr ging mein Wecker my alarm went off at 6 o’clock;
    das Telefon geht schon den ganzen Tag the phone has been ringing all day; Puls: beat;
    ihr Puls geht zu schnell/nicht mehr her pulse is too rapid/has stopped
    20. (funktionieren) go, work;
    geht nicht has stopped; (ist kaputt) is broken;
    meine Uhr geht falsch/richtig my watch is wrong/right;
    keine Angst, das geht ganz leicht don’t worry, it’s quite easy;
    das Gedicht, Lied
    geht so goes like this;
    wie geht das Lied gleich wieder? umg how does the song go again?;
    wie soll denn das gehen? (verstehe ich nicht) how do you do it?; (glaube ich nicht) how do you say you do it?
    21. (möglich sein) be possible; (gut sein) be all right;
    geht (es) Mittwoch? is Wednesday OK ( oder all right)?;
    Mittwoch geht gut Wednesday is fine
    22. unpers; (erlaubt sein) be allowed; ich hätte morgen gern das Auto,
    geht das? is that OK?;
    so geht das (aber) nicht! that won’t do at all!
    der Mantel muss den Winter noch gehen the coat will have to do for ( oder last) this winter;
    geht das jetzt so? will it do?, is it all right like that?;
    der Hunger ging ja noch, aber der Durst (war nicht auszuhalten)! the hunger we could take, but the thirst (was unbearable)!
    24. Entwicklung, Verlauf:
    gut gehen go well, turn out all right; Geschäfte: do well, go well;
    wie gehen die Geschäfte? how’s business?;
    gut/schlecht gehend Geschäft etc: flourishing ( oder thriving)/ailing;
    das konnte nicht gut gehen it was bound to go wrong;
    das kann ja nicht gut gehen! umg there’s no way it’s going to work;
    wenn das nur gut geht! well, let’s just hope for the best;
    das ist noch einmal gut gegangen that was close ( oder a close thing, US a close call), talk about lucky umg;
    so geht es, wenn man nicht aufpasst etc: that’s what comes of (+ger); → schiefgehen
    25. Ware: sell (
    gut well), go (well);
    die Stiefel gehen überhaupt nicht nobody’s buying ( oder interested in) the boots, the boots aren’t selling at all
    26. unpers; Befinden:
    dir? how are you?; zu einem Kranken: how are you feeling?;
    wie geht’s(, wie steht’s)? umg how are things?, how’s life (with you)?, how’s life treating you?;
    mir geht’s gut/schlecht I’m fine/not well; geschäftlich etc: I’m doing fine/badly;
    es geht (so) umg not too bad(ly), (it) could be worse;
    es sich (dat)
    gut gehen lassen have a good time, enjoy o.s.;
    sonst geht’s dir( aber schon) gut? iron are you sure you’re feeling all right?;
    ihm ist es (auch) nicht besser gegangen he didn’t do ( oder fare) any better;
    mir ist es genauso gegangen it was the same for me, same here umg;
    wie geht es dir mit diesem Film? what do you think ( oder how do you feel) about this film (US auch movie)?;
    mir geht es genauso I feel exactly the same way, same here umg;
    an den Kragen etc umg he’s really in for it now
    27. unpers; (möglich sein):
    es geht nicht it can’t be done, it’s impossible, nothing doing umg, no way umg;
    es wird schon gehen it’ll be all right;
    es geht auch so/allein (ohne das/dich) we etc can manage without it/you;
    es geht (eben) nicht anders it can’t be helped(, I’m afraid)
    28. unpers; fig:
    es geht um Thema: it’s about;
    worum geht es in dem Film/bei dem Streit? what’s the film (US auch movie)/quarrel about?;
    es geht hier um … we’re talking about ( oder looking at) …;
    worum geht es? (was willst du von mir) what’s the problem?;
    es geht um den Frieden etc: peace etc is at stake;
    es geht darum zu (+inf) it’s a question ( oder matter) of (+ger)
    darum geht es hier (gar) nicht that’s not the point; persönliches Interesse:
    worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you really after?;
    es geht ihm nur ums Geld he’s just interested in the money;
    mir geht es nicht ums Geld, sondern um … I’m not interested in the money, but …;
    um das Geld geht’s mir ja gar nicht I’m not the least bit interested in ( oder don’t care about) the money
    29. Teig: rise;
    den Teig gehen lassen let the dough rise
    in die Brüche gehen break, get broken;
    in Druck gehen go to press;
    in Erfüllung gehen be fulfilled ( oder realized);
    B. v/t:
    einen Umweg gehen make a detour;
    wir gingen die Strecke Altdorf - Neustadt in drei Stunden we walked from Altdorf to Neustadt in three hours; → Gang1 3, Weg
    C. v/r unpers:
    in diesen Schuhen geht es sich gut these shoes are good for walking, these are good walking shoes;
    auf dem steinigen Boden ging es sich etwas mühsam the going was fairly laborious over the stony ground
    * * *
    das; Gehens
    2) (Leichtathletik) walking
    * * *
    nur sing. n.
    going n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gehen

  • 11 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 12 Edison, Thomas Alva

    [br]
    b. 11 February 1847 Milan, Ohio, USA
    d. 18 October 1931 Glenmont
    [br]
    American inventor and pioneer electrical developer.
    [br]
    He was the son of Samuel Edison, who was in the timber business. His schooling was delayed due to scarlet fever until 1855, when he was 8½ years old, but he was an avid reader. By the age of 14 he had a job as a newsboy on the railway from Port Huron to Detroit, a distance of sixty-three miles (101 km). He worked a fourteen-hour day with a stopover of five hours, which he spent in the Detroit Free Library. He also sold sweets on the train and, later, fruit and vegetables, and was soon making a profit of $20 a week. He then started two stores in Port Huron and used a spare freight car as a laboratory. He added a hand-printing press to produce 400 copies weekly of The Grand Trunk Herald, most of which he compiled and edited himself. He set himself to learn telegraphy from the station agent at Mount Clements, whose son he had saved from being run over by a freight car.
    At the age of 16 he became a telegraphist at Port Huron. In 1863 he became railway telegraphist at the busy Stratford Junction of the Grand Trunk Railroad, arranging a clock with a notched wheel to give the hourly signal which was to prove that he was awake and at his post! He left hurriedly after failing to hold a train which was nearly involved in a head-on collision. He usually worked the night shift, allowing himself time for experiments during the day. His first invention was an arrangement of two Morse registers so that a high-speed input could be decoded at a slower speed. Moving from place to place he held many positions as a telegraphist. In Boston he invented an automatic vote recorder for Congress and patented it, but the idea was rejected. This was the first of a total of 1180 patents that he was to take out during his lifetime. After six years he resigned from the Western Union Company to devote all his time to invention, his next idea being an improved ticker-tape machine for stockbrokers. He developed a duplex telegraphy system, but this was turned down by the Western Union Company. He then moved to New York.
    Edison found accommodation in the battery room of Law's Gold Reporting Company, sleeping in the cellar, and there his repair of a broken transmitter marked him as someone of special talents. His superior soon resigned, and he was promoted with a salary of $300 a month. Western Union paid him $40,000 for the sole rights on future improvements on the duplex telegraph, and he moved to Ward Street, Newark, New Jersey, where he employed a gathering of specialist engineers. Within a year, he married one of his employees, Mary Stilwell, when she was only 16: a daughter, Marion, was born in 1872, and two sons, Thomas and William, in 1876 and 1879, respectively.
    He continued to work on the automatic telegraph, a device to send out messages faster than they could be tapped out by hand: that is, over fifty words per minute or so. An earlier machine by Alexander Bain worked at up to 400 words per minute, but was not good over long distances. Edison agreed to work on improving this feature of Bain's machine for the Automatic Telegraph Company (ATC) for $40,000. He improved it to a working speed of 500 words per minute and ran a test between Washington and New York. Hoping to sell their equipment to the Post Office in Britain, ATC sent Edison to England in 1873 to negotiate. A 500-word message was to be sent from Liverpool to London every half-hour for six hours, followed by tests on 2,200 miles (3,540 km) of cable at Greenwich. Only confused results were obtained due to induction in the cable, which lay coiled in a water tank. Edison returned to New York, where he worked on his quadruplex telegraph system, tests of which proved a success between New York and Albany in December 1874. Unfortunately, simultaneous negotiation with Western Union and ATC resulted in a lawsuit.
    Alexander Graham Bell was granted a patent for a telephone in March 1876 while Edison was still working on the same idea. His improvements allowed the device to operate over a distance of hundreds of miles instead of only a few miles. Tests were carried out over the 106 miles (170 km) between New York and Philadelphia. Edison applied for a patent on the carbon-button transmitter in April 1877, Western Union agreeing to pay him $6,000 a year for the seventeen-year duration of the patent. In these years he was also working on the development of the electric lamp and on a duplicating machine which would make up to 3,000 copies from a stencil. In 1876–7 he moved from Newark to Menlo Park, twenty-four miles (39 km) from New York on the Pennsylvania Railway, near Elizabeth. He had bought a house there around which he built the premises that would become his "inventions factory". It was there that he began the use of his 200- page pocket notebooks, each of which lasted him about two weeks, so prolific were his ideas. When he died he left 3,400 of them filled with notes and sketches.
    Late in 1877 he applied for a patent for a phonograph which was granted on 19 February 1878, and by the end of the year he had formed a company to manufacture this totally new product. At the time, Edison saw the device primarily as a business aid rather than for entertainment, rather as a dictating machine. In August 1878 he was granted a British patent. In July 1878 he tried to measure the heat from the solar corona at a solar eclipse viewed from Rawlins, Wyoming, but his "tasimeter" was too sensitive.
    Probably his greatest achievement was "The Subdivision of the Electric Light" or the "glow bulb". He tried many materials for the filament before settling on carbon. He gave a demonstration of electric light by lighting up Menlo Park and inviting the public. Edison was, of course, faced with the problem of inventing and producing all the ancillaries which go to make up the electrical system of generation and distribution-meters, fuses, insulation, switches, cabling—even generators had to be designed and built; everything was new. He started a number of manufacturing companies to produce the various components needed.
    In 1881 he built the world's largest generator, which weighed 27 tons, to light 1,200 lamps at the Paris Exhibition. It was later moved to England to be used in the world's first central power station with steam engine drive at Holborn Viaduct, London. In September 1882 he started up his Pearl Street Generating Station in New York, which led to a worldwide increase in the application of electric power, particularly for lighting. At the same time as these developments, he built a 1,300yd (1,190m) electric railway at Menlo Park.
    On 9 August 1884 his wife died of typhoid. Using his telegraphic skills, he proposed to 19-year-old Mina Miller in Morse code while in the company of others on a train. He married her in February 1885 before buying a new house and estate at West Orange, New Jersey, building a new laboratory not far away in the Orange Valley.
    Edison used direct current which was limited to around 250 volts. Alternating current was largely developed by George Westinghouse and Nicola Tesla, using transformers to step up the current to a higher voltage for long-distance transmission. The use of AC gradually overtook the Edison DC system.
    In autumn 1888 he patented a form of cinephotography, the kinetoscope, obtaining film-stock from George Eastman. In 1893 he set up the first film studio, which was pivoted so as to catch the sun, with a hinged roof which could be raised. In 1894 kinetoscope parlours with "peep shows" were starting up in cities all over America. Competition came from the Latham Brothers with a screen-projection machine, which Edison answered with his "Vitascope", shown in New York in 1896. This showed pictures with accompanying sound, but there was some difficulty with synchronization. Edison also experimented with captions at this early date.
    In 1880 he filed a patent for a magnetic ore separator, the first of nearly sixty. He bought up deposits of low-grade iron ore which had been developed in the north of New Jersey. The process was a commercial success until the discovery of iron-rich ore in Minnesota rendered it uneconomic and uncompetitive. In 1898 cement rock was discovered in New Village, west of West Orange. Edison bought the land and started cement manufacture, using kilns twice the normal length and using half as much fuel to heat them as the normal type of kiln. In 1893 he met Henry Ford, who was building his second car, at an Edison convention. This started him on the development of a battery for an electric car on which he made over 9,000 experiments. In 1903 he sold his patent for wireless telegraphy "for a song" to Guglielmo Marconi.
    In 1910 Edison designed a prefabricated concrete house. In December 1914 fire destroyed three-quarters of the West Orange plant, but it was at once rebuilt, and with the threat of war Edison started to set up his own plants for making all the chemicals that he had previously been buying from Europe, such as carbolic acid, phenol, benzol, aniline dyes, etc. He was appointed President of the Navy Consulting Board, for whom, he said, he made some forty-five inventions, "but they were pigeonholed, every one of them". Thus did Edison find that the Navy did not take kindly to civilian interference.
    In 1927 he started the Edison Botanic Research Company, founded with similar investment from Ford and Firestone with the object of finding a substitute for overseas-produced rubber. In the first year he tested no fewer than 3,327 possible plants, in the second year, over 1,400, eventually developing a variety of Golden Rod which grew to 14 ft (4.3 m) in height. However, all this effort and money was wasted, due to the discovery of synthetic rubber.
    In October 1929 he was present at Henry Ford's opening of his Dearborn Museum to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the incandescent lamp, including a replica of the Menlo Park laboratory. He was awarded the Congressional Gold Medal and was elected to the American Academy of Sciences. He died in 1931 at his home, Glenmont; throughout the USA, lights were dimmed temporarily on the day of his funeral.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Member of the American Academy of Sciences. Congressional Gold Medal.
    Further Reading
    M.Josephson, 1951, Edison, Eyre \& Spottiswode.
    R.W.Clark, 1977, Edison, the Man who Made the Future, Macdonald \& Jane.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Edison, Thomas Alva

  • 13 Hamilton, Harold Lee (Hal)

    [br]
    b. 14 June 1890 Little Shasta, California, USA
    d. 3 May 1969 California, USA
    [br]
    American pioneer of diesel rail traction.
    [br]
    Orphaned as a child, Hamilton went to work for Southern Pacific Railroad in his teens, and then worked for several other companies. In his spare time he learned mathematics and physics from a retired professor. In 1911 he joined the White Motor Company, makers of road motor vehicles in Denver, Colorado, where he had gone to recuperate from malaria. He remained there until 1922, apart from an eighteenth-month break for war service.
    Upon his return from war service, Hamilton found White selling petrol-engined railbuses with mechanical transmission, based on road vehicles, to railways. He noted that they were not robust enough and that the success of petrol railcars with electric transmission, built by General Electric since 1906, was limited as they were complex to drive and maintain. In 1922 Hamilton formed, and became President of, the Electro- Motive Engineering Corporation (later Electro-Motive Corporation) to design and produce petrol-electric rail cars. Needing an engine larger than those used in road vehicles, yet lighter and faster than marine engines, he approached the Win ton Engine Company to develop a suitable engine; in addition, General Electric provided electric transmission with a simplified control system. Using these components, Hamilton arranged for his petrol-electric railcars to be built by the St Louis Car Company, with the first being completed in 1924. It was the beginning of a highly successful series. Fuel costs were lower than for steam trains and initial costs were kept down by using standardized vehicles instead of designing for individual railways. Maintenance costs were minimized because Electro-Motive kept stocks of spare parts and supplied replacement units when necessary. As more powerful, 800 hp (600 kW) railcars were produced, railways tended to use them to haul trailer vehicles, although that practice reduced the fuel saving. By the end of the decade Electro-Motive needed engines more powerful still and therefore had to use cheap fuel. Diesel engines of the period, such as those that Winton had made for some years, were too heavy in relation to their power, and too slow and sluggish for rail use. Their fuel-injection system was erratic and insufficiently robust and Hamilton concluded that a separate injector was needed for each cylinder.
    In 1930 Electro-Motive Corporation and Winton were acquired by General Motors in pursuance of their aim to develop a diesel engine suitable for rail traction, with the use of unit fuel injectors; Hamilton retained his position as President. At this time, industrial depression had combined with road and air competition to undermine railway-passenger business, and Ralph Budd, President of the Chicago, Burlington \& Quincy Railroad, thought that traffic could be recovered by way of high-speed, luxury motor trains; hence the Pioneer Zephyr was built for the Burlington. This comprised a 600 hp (450 kW), lightweight, two-stroke, diesel engine developed by General Motors (model 201 A), with electric transmission, that powered a streamlined train of three articulated coaches. This train demonstrated its powers on 26 May 1934 by running non-stop from Denver to Chicago, a distance of 1,015 miles (1,635 km), in 13 hours and 6 minutes, when the fastest steam schedule was 26 hours. Hamilton and Budd were among those on board the train, and it ushered in an era of high-speed diesel trains in the USA. By then Hamilton, with General Motors backing, was planning to use the lightweight engine to power diesel-electric locomotives. Their layout was derived not from steam locomotives, but from the standard American boxcar. The power plant was mounted within the body and powered the bogies, and driver's cabs were at each end. Two 900 hp (670 kW) engines were mounted in a single car to become an 1,800 hp (l,340 kW) locomotive, which could be operated in multiple by a single driver to form a 3,600 hp (2,680 kW) locomotive. To keep costs down, standard locomotives could be mass-produced rather than needing individual designs for each railway, as with steam locomotives. Two units of this type were completed in 1935 and sent on trial throughout much of the USA. They were able to match steam locomotive performance, with considerable economies: fuel costs alone were halved and there was much less wear on the track. In the same year, Electro-Motive began manufacturing diesel-electrie locomotives at La Grange, Illinois, with design modifications: the driver was placed high up above a projecting nose, which improved visibility and provided protection in the event of collision on unguarded level crossings; six-wheeled bogies were introduced, to reduce axle loading and improve stability. The first production passenger locomotives emerged from La Grange in 1937, and by early 1939 seventy units were in service. Meanwhile, improved engines had been developed and were being made at La Grange, and late in 1939 a prototype, four-unit, 5,400 hp (4,000 kW) diesel-electric locomotive for freight trains was produced and sent out on test from coast to coast; production versions appeared late in 1940. After an interval from 1941 to 1943, when Electro-Motive produced diesel engines for military and naval use, locomotive production resumed in quantity in 1944, and within a few years diesel power replaced steam on most railways in the USA.
    Hal Hamilton remained President of Electro-Motive Corporation until 1942, when it became a division of General Motors, of which he became Vice-President.
    [br]
    Further Reading
    P.M.Reck, 1948, On Time: The History of the Electro-Motive Division of General Motors Corporation, La Grange, Ill.: General Motors (describes Hamilton's career).
    PJGR

    Biographical history of technology > Hamilton, Harold Lee (Hal)

  • 14 Gehen

    I v/i; geht, ging, ist gegangen
    1. ( zu Fuß) gehen walk, go (on foot, Am. auch by foot); spazieren gehen go for a walk; aufrecht / gebückt gehen walk upright / with a stoop; am Stock gehen walk with a stick (Am. cane); im Schritt / Trab gehen Pferd: walk / trot; wo ich gehe und stehe sehe ich... wherever I go...
    2. mit Richtung: gehen in (+ Akk) go into, enter; auf / über die Straße gehen go out into / cross the street; mit jemandem zum Bahnhof etc. gehen see s.o. ( oder go with s.o.) to the station etc.; er geht nie aus dem Haus he never leaves ( oder goes out of) the house; Licht, Seite, Weg etc.
    3. (sich irgendwohin begeben) go; schwimmen etc. gehen go swimming etc.; jemanden suchen gehen (go and) look for s.o.; ins oder zu Bett gehen go to bed; ins Ausland / Kino etc. gehen go abroad / to the cinema (Am. to a movie) etc.; aufs Dach gehen go up on the roof; in Deckung gehen take cover; ins Wasser gehen go into the water; auf Reisen gehen go travel(l)ing; unter Menschen gehen mix with people; an / von Bord gehen go on board / leave the ship, plane etc., embark / disembark; zu jemandem gehen (sich hinzugesellen) join s.o.; mit einer Frage etc.: go up to s.o.; (besuchen) go and see s.o.; seit wann bist du unter die Alkoholiker / Sportler gegangen? umg., hum. since when have you been an alcoholic / a sports enthusiast?
    4. beruflich etc.: als Putzfrau etc. gehen work as a cleaner; in die Fabrik etc. gehen (dort anfangen) start at the factory etc.; (dort arbeiten) go (in)to the factory; zur Schule / aufs Gymnasium etc. gehen go to school / grammar (Am. high) school; sie geht noch nicht in die oder zur Schule she doesn’t go to ( oder she’s not at, Am. in) school yet; in die Politik / zum Film etc. gehen go into politics / films (Am. motion pictures); zu den oder unter die Soldaten gehen join the army; ins Kloster gehen become a nun; in oder auf Urlaub gehen go on holiday (Am. vacation); in Rente gehen retire
    5. umg. (sich kleiden): als Clown etc. gehen im Karneval: go as a clown etc.; in Zivil gehen Soldat: wear civilian clothes; Polizist: wear plainclothes; ganz in Weiß etc. gehen wear white etc., be all in white etc.; sie geht heute im Kleid / mit Hut she’s wearing a dress / hat today; so kannst du nicht gehen! you can’t go (looking) like that!
    6. (beginnen): an die Arbeit etc. gehen get down to work etc.; auch unpers.: wenn’s ans Aufräumen / Trinken geht when it comes to clearing up / drinking
    7. fig.: an etw. (Akk) gehen umg. ohne Erlaubnis: touch s.th.; Geldbeutel, Handtasche go into s.th.; (nehmen) take s.th.; die Kinder waren mir an das Geld / den Kuchen gegangen the kids had been at (Am. into) my money / cake; geh mir ja nicht an meine Sachen umg. don’t you (dare) touch ( oder interfere with) my things; sie sind auseinander gegangen (haben sich getrennt) they’ve split up; in sich gehen do a bit of soul-searching; mit jemandem gehen umg. (fest befreundet sein) go steady with s.o.
    8. (weggehen, auch aus Stellung etc.) go, leave; gehst du schon? are you going already?; jetzt geh schon! ermunternd: go on then; antreibend: get going then; jemanden lieber gehen als kommen sehen be glad to see the back of s.o.; er ist von uns gegangen euph. (ist tot) he has passed away; jemanden gehen lassen let s.o. go; ungestraft: let s.o. off; gehen lassen umg., fig. (Seil etc.) (loslassen) let go; (jemanden, etw.) (in Ruhe lassen) leave alone; sich gehen lassen fig. unmanierlich: let o.s. go; (die Beherrschung verlieren) lose one’s temper; er ist gegangen worden umg., hum. he was sacked (bes. Am. fired); geh! bes. südd., österr., erstaunt: really?; ach, geh oder geh, geh! umg. come on!, go on!; geh mir doch mit deinen faulen Ausreden / dem blöden Kerl ( vom Leib)! umg., fig. I don’t want to hear any of your excuses / see the stupid man; geh mir ( bloß) mit Mallorca! you can keep ( oder I’ve had enough of) your wretched Majorca!
    9. Zug etc.: (abfahren) go ( nach to), leave ( oder depart) (for); (verkehren) go, run; wann geht der nächste Zug nach Rom? when does the next train for Rome leave ( oder depart)?; der nächste Bus geht erst in zwei Stunden there isn’t another bus for two hours; hier geht alle zehn Minuten ein Bus there’s a bus every ten minutes here; siehe auch 13
    10. allg. Bewegung: ging da nicht gerade eine Tür? wasn’t that a door I heard (going)?; die Schublade geht so schwer the drawer is so difficult to open ( oder shut), the drawer sticks; draußen geht ein kalter Wind there’s a cold wind blowing outside
    11. mit Ziel: der Ball ging ins Tor the ball went in; sie ging als Erste durchs Ziel she was the first to cross the finishing line; der Schuss ging mitten ins Herz the shot went clean through the heart; das Foto ging von Hand zu Hand the photo was passed from hand to hand
    12. fig.: es geht das Gerücht, dass... there’s a rumo(u)r going around that...; das Erbe ging an ihn the inheritance went to him; das geht auf mich (zahle ich) that’s on me; das geht auf die Leber etc. it’s bad for your liver etc., it takes its toll on your liver etc.; es geht auf oder gegen Mitternacht it’s nearly midnight; sie geht auf die 60 she’s nearly 60; seine Kritik ging dahin, dass... his criticism was to the effect that..., what his criticism boiled down to was that...; ein Aufschrei ging durch die Menge a cry went up from the crowd; der Skandal ging durch die Presse the scandal was in all the papers; das geht gegen mein Gewissen it goes against my conscience; was ich jetzt sage, geht nicht gegen dich is not aimed at you; gehen nach (sich richten nach) go by; nach dem Aussehen kann man nicht gehen you can’t go ( oder judge) by appearances; wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way; es kann nicht immer alles nach deinem Kopf gehen you can’t get your own way all of the time; was geht hier vor sich? what’s going on here?; wie ist das vor sich gegangen? what happened?
    13. Mauer, Weg etc.: go, lead to; Treppe: lead (down / up) to; Leitung etc.: lead; Fenster: face, look out on; Tür: open; gehen durch go ( oder pass) through; wohin geht dieser Weg? where does this path go ( oder lead to)?; wohin geht die Reise? where are you etc. off to?; der Zaun geht bis zum Fluss / um das ganze Grundstück goes as far as the river / around the whole property; das Fenster geht auf die Straße / nach Norden looks out onto the street / faces ( oder looks) north; die Brücke geht über eine Schlucht spans ( oder goes over) a ravine; der Zug, die Strecke geht über Ulm nach Stuttgart goes to Stuttgart via Ulm; zum Zoo geht es die nächste Straße rechts for the zoo, take the next (street on the) right; an der Ampel geht es ( nach) links go left at the lights
    14. zur Angabe von Mengen, Grenzen: das Wasser / er geht mir bis ans oder zum Kinn the water / he comes up to my chin; der Rock geht über die Knie the skirt comes to below the knee; eine tief gehende Wunde a deep wound; tief gehender Schmerz deep grief; es gehen 200 Personen in den Saal the hall holds ( oder seats) two hundred people; wie oft geht fünf in neunzig? how many times does five go into ninety?; der Schrank geht nicht durch die Tür the cupboard won’t go through the door; auf einen Zentner gehen 50 Kilogramm 50 kilogram(me)s make a (metric) hundredweight
    15. (erreichen) der Schaden geht in die Millionen runs into millions; die Kämpfe gehen in den vierten Tag fighting has entered its fourth day; das Spiel geht in die Verlängerung the game is going into extra time (Am. overtime)
    16. (dauern) last; wie lange geht die Sitzung schon / noch? how long has the meeting been going on ( oder been under way) / how much longer is the meeting going to take?; die Ferien gehen vom 10. bis 24. Mai the holidays are ( oder run) from the 10th to the 24th of May (Am. May 10th to 24th); das geht nun schon seit Jahren so that’s been going on for years
    17. (übertreffen, übersteigen): das geht über meinen Verstand / meine Kräfte / meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten it’s beyond my understanding / strength / financial capabilities, it’s more than I can grasp / manage / afford; es geht doch nichts über... there’s nothing like...; das / sie geht ihm über alles it / she means everything to him
    18. fig.: wie hoch kannst / willst du gehen? beim Kaufen: how much can you afford? / do you want to spend?; beim Wetten, Pokern etc.: how high can you / do you want to go?; das geht zu weit! that’s going too far!; jetzt bist du zu weit gegangen now you’ve gone too far; er ging so weit zu sagen... he went so far as to say...; das ging so weit, dass... it got to the point where..., things went so far that...
    19.
    a) (in Betrieb sein) Staubsauger, Radio etc.: be on;
    b) (klingeln) Klingel, Telefon: ring, go; um 6 Uhr ging mein Wecker my alarm went off at 6 o’clock; das Telefon geht schon den ganzen Tag the phone has been ringing all day;
    c) Puls: beat; ihr Puls geht zu schnell / nicht mehr her pulse is too rapid / has stopped
    20. (funktionieren) go, work; die Uhr geht nicht has stopped; (ist kaputt) is broken; meine Uhr geht falsch / richtig my watch is wrong / right; keine Angst, das geht ganz leicht don’t worry, it’s quite easy; das Gedicht, Lied geht so goes like this; wie geht das Lied gleich wieder? umg. how does the song go again?; wie soll denn das gehen? (verstehe ich nicht) how do you do it?; (glaube ich nicht) how do you say you do it?
    21. (möglich sein) be possible; (gut sein) be all right; geht (es) Mittwoch? is Wednesday OK ( oder all right)?; Mittwoch geht gut Wednesday is fine
    22. unpers.; (erlaubt sein) be allowed; ich hätte morgen gern das Auto, geht das? is that OK?; so geht das ( aber) nicht! that won’t do at all!
    23. umg. (ausreichen, akzeptabel sein) do; der Mantel muss den Winter noch gehen the coat will have to do for ( oder last) this winter; geht das jetzt so? will it do?, is it all right like that?; der Hunger ging ja noch, aber der Durst ( war nicht auszuhalten)! the hunger we could take, but the thirst (was unbearable)!
    24. Entwicklung, Verlauf: gut gehen go well, turn out all right; Geschäfte: do well, go well; schief gehen go wrong; wie gehen die Geschäfte? how’s business?; gut / schlecht gehend Geschäft etc.: flourishing ( oder thriving) / ailing; das konnte nicht gut gehen it was bound to go wrong; das kann ja nicht gut gehen! umg. there’s no way it’s going to work; wenn das nur gut geht! well, let’s just hope for the best; das ist noch einmal gut gegangen that was close ( oder a close thing, Am. a close call), talk about lucky umg.; so geht es, wenn man nicht aufpasst etc.: that’s what comes of (+ Ger.) abwärts, aufwärts, vorwärts
    25. Ware: sell ( gut well), go (well); die Stiefel gehen überhaupt nicht nobody’s buying ( oder interested in) the boots, the boots aren’t selling at all
    26. unpers.; Befinden: wie geht es Ihnen oder dir? how are you?; zu einem Kranken: how are you feeling?; wie geht’s(, wie steht’s)? umg. how are things?, how’s life (with you)?, how’s life treating you?; mir geht’s gut / schlecht I’m fine / not well; geschäftlich etc.: I’m doing fine / badly; es geht (so) umg. not too bad(ly), (it) could be worse; es sich (Dat) gut gehen lassen have a good time, enjoy o.s.; sonst geht’s dir ( aber schon) gut? iro. are you sure you’re feeling all right?; ihm ist es ( auch) nicht besser gegangen he didn’t do ( oder fare) any better; mir ist es genauso gegangen it was the same for me, same here umg.; wie geht es dir mit diesem Film? what do you think ( oder how do you feel) about this film (Am. auch movie)?; mir geht es genauso I feel exactly the same way, same here umg.; jetzt geht es ihm ans Leben oder an den Kragen etc. umg. he’s really in for it now
    27. unpers.; (möglich sein): es geht nicht it can’t be done, it’s impossible, nothing doing umg., no way umg.; es wird schon gehen it’ll be all right; es geht auch so / allein (ohne das/dich) we etc. can manage without it/you; es geht ( eben) nicht anders it can’t be helped(, I’m afraid)
    28. unpers.; fig.: es geht um Thema: it’s about; worum geht es in dem Film / bei dem Streit? what’s the film (Am. auch movie)/ quarrel about?; es geht hier um... we’re talking about ( oder looking at)...; worum geht es? (was willst du von mir) what’s the problem?; es geht um den Frieden etc.: peace etc. is at stake; es geht darum zu (+ Inf.) it’s a question ( oder matter) of (+ Ger.) darum geht es hier ( gar) nicht that’s not the point;
    d) persönliches Interesse: worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you really after?; es geht ihm nur ums Geld he’s just interested in the money; mir geht es nicht ums Geld, sondern um... I’m not interested in the money, but...; um das Geld geht’s mir ja gar nicht I’m not the least bit interested in ( oder don’t care about) the money
    29. Teig: rise; den Teig gehen lassen let the dough rise
    30. als Funktionsverb: zu Bruch oder in die Brüche gehen break, get broken; in Druck gehen go to press; in Erfüllung gehen be fulfilled ( oder realized); in Produktion gehen go into production; offline, online, verloren, vonstatten etc.
    II v/t: einen Umweg gehen make a detour; wir gingen die Strecke Altdorf - Neustadt in drei Stunden we walked from Altdorf to Neustadt in three hours; Gang1 3, Weg
    III v/refl unpers.: in diesen Schuhen geht es sich gut these shoes are good for walking, these are good walking shoes; auf dem steinigen Boden ging es sich etwas mühsam the going was fairly laborious over the stony ground
    * * *
    to march; to step; to go; to walk
    * * *
    Ge|hen
    nt -s, no pl
    (= Zu-Fuß-Gehen) walking; (= Abschied) leaving; (SPORT) (= Disziplin) walking; (= Wettbewerb) walk
    * * *
    1) (to walk, travel, move etc: He is going across the field; Go straight ahead; When did he go out?) go
    2) (to be sent, passed on etc: Complaints have to go through the proper channels.) go
    3) (to visit, to attend: He goes to school every day; I decided not to go to the movie.) go
    4) (to move away: I think it is time you were going.) go
    5) (to be working etc: I don't think that clock is going.) go
    6) (to be acceptable etc: Anything goes in this office.) go
    7) (to have a particular tune etc: How does that song go?) go
    8) (an act of leaving, moving away etc: the comings and goings of the people in the street.) going
    9) (to go: I think I'll go along to that meeting.) go along
    10) ((of people or animals) to (cause to) move on foot at a pace slower than running, never having both or all the feet off the ground at once: He walked across the room and sat down; How long will it take to walk to the station?; She walks her dog in the park every morning.) walk
    * * *
    Ge·hen
    <-s>
    [ˈge:ən]
    1. (Zu-Fuß-Gehen) walking
    2. (das Weggehen) going, leaving
    schon im \Gehen, wandte sie sich noch einmal um she turned round once more as she left
    sein frühes/vorzeitiges \Gehen his early departure
    3. SPORT race walking
    * * *
    das; Gehens
    2) (Leichtathletik) walking
    * * *
    Gehen n; -s, kein pl
    1. walking;
    das Gehen fällt ihm schwer he finds it hard to walk
    2. SPORT, Disziplin: walking; Wettkampf: walk
    3.
    zum Gehen bringen (Gerät etc) get sth going
    4. fig (Abschied) leaving
    * * *
    das; Gehens
    2) (Leichtathletik) walking
    * * *
    nur sing. n.
    going n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Gehen

  • 15 ἀπό

    ἀπό (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. (see the lit. on ἀνά, beg., also for ἀπό: KDieterich, IndogF 24, 1909, 93–158; LfgrE s.v.). Basic sense ‘separation from’ someone or someth., fr. which the other uses have developed. In the NT it has encroached on the domain of Att. ἐκ, ὑπό, παρά, and the gen. of separation; s. Mlt. 102; 246; Mlt-Turner 258f.
    ① a marker to indicate separation from a place, whether person or thing, from, away from
    ⓐ w. all verbs denoting motion, esp. those compounded w. ἀπό: ἀπάγεσθαι, ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, ἀπελαύνειν, ἀπέρχεσθαι, ἀπολύεσθαι, ἀποπλανᾶσθαι, ἀποστέλλειν, ἀποφεύγειν, ἀποχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρίζεσθαι; but also w. ἀνίστασθαι, διαστῆναι, διέρχεσθαι, ἐκδημεῖν, ἐκκινεῖν, ἐκπλεῖν, ἐκπορεύεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, ἐξωθεῖν, ἐπιδιδόναι, μεταβαίνειν, μετατίθεσθαι, νοσφίζειν, παραγίνεσθαι, πλανᾶσθαι, πορεύεσθαι, ὑπάγειν, ὑποστρέφειν, φεύγειν; s. the entries in question.
    ⓑ w. all verbs expressing the idea of separation ἐκβάλλειν τὸ κάρφος ἀ. τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ remove the splinter fr. the eye Mt 7:4 v.l. (for ἐκ). ἐξέβαλον ἀπὸ τῆς πήρας αὐτῶν δῶρα they set forth gifts out of their travel bags GJs 21:3. ἀπολύεσθαι ἀ. ἀνδρός be divorced fr. her husband Lk 16:18, cp. Ac 15:33. ἀποκυλίειν, ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι, ἀποστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ἐπανάγειν, αἴρειν, ἀφαιρεῖν, ἀπολέσθαι, μερίζειν et al., s. the pertinent entries. So also κενὸς ἀ. τινος Hs 9, 19, 2. ἔρημος ἀ. τινος (Jer 51:2) 2 Cl 2:3. W. verbs which express the concept of separation in the wider sense, like loose, free, acquit et al. ἀπορφανίζειν, ἀποσπᾶν, διεγείρεσθαι, δικαιοῦν, ἐκδικοῦν, ἐλευθεροῦν, λούειν, λύειν, λυτροῦν, ῥαντίζειν, σαλεύειν, στέλλειν, σῴζειν, φθείρειν, s. the entries; hence also ἀθῷος (Sus 46 Theod. v.l.) Mt 27:24. καθαρὸς ἀ. τινος (Tob 3:14; but s. Dssm. NB 24 [BS 196; 216]) Ac 20:26; cp. Kuhring 54.
    ⓒ verbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear; so αἰσχύνεσθαι, βλέπειν, μετανοεῖν, προσέχειν, φοβεῖσθαι, φυλάσσειν, φυλάσσεσθαι; s. 5 below.
    ⓓ w. verbs of concealing, hiding, hindering, the pers. from whom someth. is concealed is found w. ἀπό; so κρύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, παρακαλύπτειν τι ἀπό τινος, κωλύειν τι ἀπό τινος; s. the entries.
    ⓔ in pregnant constr. like ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ be separated fr. Christ by a curse Ro 9:3. μετανοεῖν ἀ. τ. κακίας (Jer 8:6) Ac 8:22. ἀποθνῄσκειν ἀ. τινος through death become free from Col 2:20. φθείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. ἁπλότητος be ruinously diverted from wholehearted commitment 2 Cor 11:3. Cp. Hs 6, 2, 4.
    ⓕ as a substitute for the partitive gen. (Hdt. 6, 27, 2; Thu. 7, 87, 6; PPetr III, 11, 20; PIand 8, 6; Kuhring 20; Rossberg 22; Johannessohn, Präp. 17) τίνα ἀ. τῶν δύο; Mt 27:21, cp. Lk 9:38; 19:39 (like PTebt 299, 13; 1 Macc 1:13; 3:24; Sir 6:6; 46:8). τὰ ἀ. τοῦ πλοίου pieces of the ship Ac 27:44. ἐκχεῶ ἀ. τοῦ πνεύματός μου Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f). λαμβάνειν ἀ. τ. καρπῶν get a share of the vintage Mk 12:2 (cp. Just., A I, 65, 5 μεταλαβεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ … ἄρτου).—Of foods (as in Da 1:13, 4:33a; 2 Macc 7:1) ἐσθίειν ἀ. τ. ψιχίων eat some of the crumbs Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28. χορτάζεσθαι ἀ. τινος eat one’s fill of someth. Lk 16:21. αἴρειν ἀ. τῶν ἰχθύων pick up the remnants of the fish Mk 6:43. ἐνέγκατε ἀ. τ. ὀψαρίων bring some of the fish J 21:10 (the only instance of this usage in J; s. M-EBoismard, Le chapitre 21 de Saint Jean: RB 54 [’47] 492).—Of drink (cp. Sir 26:12) πίνειν ἀπὸ τ. γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου drink the product of the vine Lk 22:18.
    ② to indicate the point from which someth. begins, whether lit. or fig.
    ⓐ of place from, out from (Just., D. 86, 1 ἀπὸ τῆς πέτρας ὕδωρ ἀναβλύσαν ‘gushing out of the rock’) σημεῖον ἀ. τ. οὐρανοῦ a sign fr. heaven Mk 8:11. ἀ. πόλεως εἰς πόλιν from one city to another Mt 23:34. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν (Dt 30:4; Ps 18:7) from one end of heaven to the other 24:31, cp. Mk 13:27. ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω from top to bottom Mt 27:51. ἀρξάμενοι ἀ. Ἰερουσαλήμ beginning in Jerusalem Lk 24:47 (s. also Lk 23:5; Ac 1:22; 10:37). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τ. κυρίου the word of the Lord has gone out from you and sounded forth 1 Th 1:8. ἀπὸ βορρᾶ, ἀπὸ νότου in the north, in the south (PCairGoodsp 6, 5 [129 B.C.] ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ νότου πεδίῳ; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 11A col. 1, 12f [123 B.C.] τὸ ἀπὸ νότου τῆς πόλεως χῶμα; ln. 7 ἀπὸ βορρᾶ τῆς πόλεως; 70, 16 al.; Josh 18:5; 19:34; 1 Km 14:5) Rv 21:13.
    ⓑ of time from … (on), since (POxy 523, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; s. Kuhring 54ff).
    α. ἀ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου from the days of John Mt 11:12. ἀ. τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 9:22. ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τ. ἡμέρας (Jos., Bell. 4, 318, Ant. 7, 382) Mt 22:46; J 11:53. ἔτη ἑπτὰ ἀ. τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς for seven years fr. the time she was a virgin Lk 2:36. ἀ. ἐτῶν δώδεκα for 12 years 8:43. ἀ. τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός Ac 23:23. ἀ. κτίσεως κόσμου Ro 1:20. ἀ. πέρυσι since last year, a year ago 2 Cor 8:10; 9:2.—ἀπʼ αἰῶνος, ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀπʼ ἄρτι (also ἀπαρτί and ἄρτι), ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τότε, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν; s. the pertinent entries.
    β. w. the limits defined, forward and backward: ἀπὸ … ἕως (Jos., Ant. 6, 364) Mt 27:45. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι Ac 10:30; Ro 5:14; 15:19.
    γ. ἀφʼ ἧς (sc. ὥρας or ἡμέρας, which is found Col 1:6, 9; but ἀφʼ ἧς became a fixed formula: ParJer 7:28; Plut., Pelop. [285] 15, 5; s. B-D-F §241, 2) since Lk 7:45 (Renehan ’75, 36f); Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 6, 6; 1 Macc 1:11). ἀφʼ οὗ (sc.—as in X., Cyr. 1, 2, 13—χρόνου; Att. ins in Meisterhans.3-Schw. and s. Witkowski, index 163; ἀφʼ οὗ is also a formula) since, when once (X., Symp. 4, 62; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 16 Jac.; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 15, 1; Ex 5:23 GrBar 3:6) Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18 (cp. Da 12:1; 1 Macc 9:29; 16:24; 2 Macc 1:7; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 23; GrBar; Jos., Ant. 4, 78). τρία ἔτη ἀφʼ οὗ (cp. Tob 5:35 S) Lk 13:7. ἀφότε s. ὅτε 1aγ end.
    ⓒ the beg. of a series from … (on).
    α. ἀρξάμενος ἀ. Μωϋσέως καὶ ἀ. πάντων τ. προφητῶν beginning w. Moses and all the prophets Lk 24:27. ἕβδομος ἀ. Ἀδάμ Jd 14 (Diod S 1, 50, 3 ὄγδοος ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός [ancestor]; Appian, Mithrid. 9 §29 τὸν ἕκτον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου Μιθριδάτην; Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 4; Diog. L. 3, 1: Plato in the line of descent was ἕκτος ἀπὸ Σόλωνος; Biogr. p. 31: Homer δέκατος ἀπὸ Μουσαίου). ἀ. διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω Mt 2:16 (cp. Num 1:20; 2 Esdr 3:8).
    β. w. both beg. and end given ἀπὸ … ἕως (Sir 18:26; 1 Macc 9:13) Mt 1:17; 23:35; Ac 8:10. Sim., ἀ. δόξης εἰς δόξαν fr. glory to glory 2 Cor 3:18.
    ③ to indicate origin or source, from
    ⓐ lit., with verbs of motion
    α. down from πίπτειν ἀ. τραπέζης Mt 15:27. καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀ. θρόνων God has dethroned rulers Lk 1:52.
    β. from ἔρχεσθαι ἀ. θεοῦ J 3:2; cp. 13:3; 16:30. παραγίνεται ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας Mt 3:13; ἀ. ἀνατολῶν ἥξουσιν 8:11 (Is 49:12; 59:19); ἀ. τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπορεύετο 24:1; ἀ. Παμφυλίας Ac 15:38. ἐγείρεσθαι ἀ. τ. νεκρῶν be raised from the dead Mt 14:2.
    ⓑ lit., to indicate someone’s local origin from (Hom. et al.; Soph., El. 701; Hdt. 8, 114; ins [RevArch 4 sér. IV 1904 p. 9 ἀπὸ Θεσσαλονίκης]; pap [HBraunert, Binnenwanderung ’64, 384, s.v.; PFlor 14, 2; 15, 5; 17, 4; 22, 13 al.]; Judg 12:8; 13:2; 17:1 [all three acc. to B]; 2 Km 23:20 al.; Jos., Bell. 3, 422, Vi. 217; Just., A I, 1 τῶν ἀπὸ Φλαουί̈ας Νέας πόλεως; s. B-D-F §209, 3; Rob. 578) ἦν ἀ. Βηθσαϊδά he was from B. J 1:44; cp. 12:21. ὄχλοι ἀ. τῆς Γαλιλαίας crowds fr. Galilee Mt 4:25. ἄνδρες ἀ. παντὸς ἔθνους Ac 2:5. ἀνὴρ ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου a man fr. the crowd Lk 9:38. ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἀ. Ναζαρέθ Mt 21:11. οἱ ἀ. Κιλικίας the Cilicians Ac 6:9. οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἀ. Ἰόππης 10:23 (Musaeus 153 παρθένος ἀπʼ Ἀρκαδίας; Just., A I, 58, 1 Μακρίωνα … τὸν ἀπὸ Πόντου). οἱ ἀ. Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι 17:13. οἱ ἀ. τῆς Ἰταλίας the Italians Hb 13:24, who could be inside as well as outside Italy (cp. Dssm., Her. 33, 1898, 344, LO 167, 1 [LAE 200, 3]; Mlt. 237; B-D-F §437).—Rather denoting close association οἱ ἀ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας members of the church Ac 12:1; likew. 15:5 (cp. Plut., Cato Min. 4, 2 οἱ ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι; Ps.-Demetr. c. 68 οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ=his [Isocrates’] pupils; Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b; 66 p. 206c; PTebt 33, 3 [112 B.C.], Ῥωμαῖος τῶν ἀπὸ συγκλήτου; Ar. 15, 1 Χριστιανοὶ γενεαλογοῦνται ἀπὸ … Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ; Ath.).—To indicate origin in the sense of material fr. which someth. is made (Hdt. 7, 65; Theocr. 15, 117; IPriene 117, 72 ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ; 1 Esdr 8:56; Sir 43:20 v.l.) ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου clothing made of camel’s hair Mt 3:4.
    ⓒ fig., w. verbs of asking, desiring, to denote the pers. of or from whom a thing is asked (Ar. 11, 3): δανίσασθαι ἀπό τινος borrow fr. someone Mt 5:42. ἐκζητεῖν ἀ. τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης Lk 11:51. ἀπαιτεῖν τι ἀπό τινος Lk 12:20. ζητεῖν τι ἀπό τινος 1 Th 2:6. λαμβάνειν τι ἀπό τινος Mt 17:25f; 3J 7.
    ⓓ fig., w. verbs of perceiving, to indicate source of the perception (Lysias, Andoc. 6; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 399b ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων θεωρεῖται ὁ θεός; Appian, Liby. 104 §493 ἀπὸ τῆς σφραγῖδος=[recognize a corpse] by the seal-ring; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 1 στοχάζεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ὀνομάτων; Just., D. 60, 1 τοῦτο νοοῦμεν ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τῶν προλελεγμένων; 100, 2 ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν): ἀ. τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς by their fruits you will know them Mt 7:16, 20. μανθάνειν παραβολὴν ἀ. τῆς συκῆς learn a lesson from the fig tree 24:32; Mk 13:28. ἀπὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μὴ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν if we are not to derive our parable solely from reference to seeds (cp. 1 Cor 15:37) AcPlCor 2:28.—Also μανθάνειν τι ἀπό τινος learn someth. fr. someone Gal 3:2; Col 1:7.
    ⓔ γράψαι ἀφʼ ὧν ἠδυνήθην, lit., write from what I was able, i.e. as well as I could B 21:9 (cp. Tat. 12, 5 οὐκ ἀπὸ γλώττης οὐδὲ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰκότων οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἐννοιῶν etc.).
    ④ to indicate distance fr. a point, away from, for μακρὰν ἀ. τινος far fr. someone, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν fr. a great distance s. μακράν, μακρόθεν. ἀπέχειν ἀπό τινος s. ἀπέχω 4. W. detailed measurements (corresp. to Lat. ‘a’, s. B-D-F §161, 1; Rob. 575; WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15ff; Hdb. on J 11:18; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 12 §42; CB I/2, 390 no. 248) ἦν Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκατέντε Bethany was near Jerusalem, about 15 stades (less than 3 km.) away J 11:18. ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων about 200 cubits (c. 90 meters) 21:8. ἀπὸ σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων about 1600 stades (c. 320 km.) Rv 14:20; cp. Hv 4, 1, 5 (for other examples of this usage, s. Rydbeck 68).—Hebraistically ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός (Gen 16:6; Jer 4:26; Jdth 2:14; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34; En 103:4; Just., A I, 37, 1 ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλέχθησαν διὰ Ἠσαίου … οἵδε οἱ λόγοι ‘in the name of the father … through Isaiah’; 38, 1 al.)=מִפְּנֵי פ׳ ( away) from the presence of someone 2 Th 1:9 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); Rv 12:14 (B-D-F §140; 217, 1; Mlt-H. 466).
    ⑤ to indicate cause, means, or outcome
    ⓐ gener., to show the reason for someth. because of, as a result of, for (numerous ref. in FBleek on Hb 5:7; PFay 111, 4; POxy 3314, 7 [from falling off a horse]; Jdth 2:20; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010]; AscIs 3:13; Jos., Ant. 9, 56) οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀ. τοῦ ὄχλου he could not because of the crowd Lk 19:3; cp. Mk 2:4 D. οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11. ἀ. τοῦ πλήθους τ. ἰχθύων J 21:6 (M-EBoismard, ad loc.: s. 1f end). ἀ. τοῦ ὕδατος for the water Hs 8, 2, 8. ἀ. τῆς θλίψεως because of the persecution Ac 11:19. οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀ. τ. σκανδάλων Mt 18:7 (s. B-D-F §176, 1; Mlt. 246). εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀ. τῆς εὐλαβείας heard because of his piety Hb 5:7 (but the text may be corrupt; at any rate it is obscure and variously interpr.; besides the comm. s. KRomaniuk, Die Gottesfürchtigen im NT: Aegyptus 44, ’64, 84; B-D-F §211; Rob. 580; s. on εὐλάβεια).
    ⓑ to indicate means with the help of, with (Hdt. et al.; Ael. Aristid. 37, 23 K.=2 p. 25 D.; PGM 4, 2128f σφράγιζε ἀπὸ ῥύπου=seal with dirt; En 97:8) γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν ἀ. τ. κερατίων fill one’s stomach w. the husks Lk 15:16 v.l. (s. ἐκ 4aζ; cp. Pr 18:20). οἱ πλουτήσαντες ἀπʼ αὐτῆς Rv 18:15 (cp. Sir 11:18).
    ⓒ to indicate motive or reason for, from, with (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §52 ἀπʼ εὐνοίας=with goodwill; 1 Macc 6:10; pap exx. in Kuhring 35) κοιμᾶσθαι ἀ. τῆς λύπης sleep from sorrow Lk 22:45. ἀ. τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ Mt 13:44; cp. Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14. ἀ. τοῦ φόβου κράζειν Mt 14:26, ἀ. φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας with fear and expectation Lk 21:26. Hence verbs of fearing, etc., take ἀ. to show the cause of the fear (s. above 1c) μὴ φοβεῖσθαι ἀ. τ. ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα not be afraid of those who kill only the body Mt 10:28; Lk 12:4 (cp. Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 3:22; 8:12; En 106:4).
    ⓓ to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb from (Trag., Hdt. et al.) ἀ. σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν Mt 12:38. γινώσκειν ἀπό τινος learn fr. someone Mk 15:45. ἀκούειν ἀ. τοῦ στόματός τινος hear fr. someone’s mouth, i.e. fr. him personally Lk 22:71 (Dionys. Hal. 3, 8 ἀ. στόματος ἤκουσεν); cp. Ac 9:13; 1J 1:5. τὴν ἀ. σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν a promise given by you Ac 23:21 (cp. Ath. 2, 3 ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν κατηγόρων αἰτίαις ‘the charges made by the accusers’). ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν Hb 11:12. Prob. παραλαμβάνειν ἀ. τοῦ κυρίου 1 Cor 11:23 is to be understood in the same way: Paul is convinced that he is taught by the Lord himself (for direct teaching s. EBröse, Die Präp. ἀπό 1 Cor 11:23: StKr 71, 1898, 351–60; Dssm.; BWeiss; Ltzm.; H-DWendland. But for indirect communication: Zahn et al.). παραλαβὼν ἀπὸ τῶν θυγατέρων Φιλίππου, ὅτι Papias (11:2); opp. παρειληφέναι ὑπὸ τῶν θ. Φ. (2:9).—Of the more remote cause ἀπʼ ἀνθρώπων from human beings (as opposed to transcendent revelation; w. διʼ ἀνθρώπου; cp. Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 11 ἀπὸ γυναικῶν ἢ διὰ γυναικῶν; 2, 36 p. 135, 26) Gal 1:1. ἀ. κυρίου πνεύματος fr. the Lord, who is the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18. ἔχειν τι ἀπό τινος have (received) someth. fr. someone 1 Cor 6:19; 1 Ti 3:7; 1J 2:20; 4:21.—In salutation formulas εἰρήνη ἀ. θεοῦ πατρός ἡμῶν peace that comes from God, our father Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; cp. 6:23; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1 v.l.; 2 Th 1:2; 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; Tit 1:4; Phlm 3. σοφία ἀ. θεοῦ wisdom that comes fr. God 1 Cor 1:30. ἔπαινος ἀ. θεοῦ praise fr. God 4:5. καὶ τοῦτο ἀ. θεοῦ and that brought about by God Phil 1:28. The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv (Meyer6-Bousset 1906, 159ff; Mlt. 9, note 1; cp. PParis 51, 33 ἀπὸ ἀπηλιότης; Mussies 93f, 328).
    ⓔ to indicate responsible agents for someth., from, of
    α. the self, st. Gk. usage (Thu. 5, 60, 1; X., Mem. 2, 10, 3; Andoc., Orat. 2, 4 οὗτοι οὐκ ἀφʼ αὑτῶν ταῦτα πράττουσιν; Diod S 17, 56; Num 16:28; 4 Macc 11:3; En 98:4; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 26 [Stone p. 38]; 18 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8) the expr. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (pl. ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν) of himself and ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ of myself are common Lk 12:57; 21:30; 2 Cor 3:5, esp. so in J: 5:19, 30; 8:28; 10:18; 15:4.—7:17f; 11:51; 14:10; 16:13; 18:34. So also ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα I did not come of myself (opp. the Father sent me) 7:28; 8:42.
    β. fr. others. W. verbs in the pass. voice or pass. mng. ὑπό is somet. replaced by ἀπό (in isolated cases in older Gk. e.g. Thu. 1, 17 et al. [Kühner-G. II/1 p. 457f]; freq. in later Gk.: Polyb. 1, 79, 14; Hero I 152, 6; 388, 11; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 130 Jac.; IG XII/5, 29, 1; SIG 820, 9; PLond III, 1173, 12 p. 208; BGU 1185, 26; PFlor 150, 6 ἀ. τῶν μυῶν κατεσθιόμενα; PGM 4, 256; Kuhring 36f; 1 Macc 15:17; Sir 16:4; ParJer 1:1 ᾐχμαλωτεύθησαν … ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 62; Just., A I, 68, 6 ἐπιστολὴν … γραφεῖσάν μοι ἀπὸ Σερήνου, D. 121, 3 ἀπὸ παντὸς [γένους] μετάνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι. See B-D-F §210; Rob. 820; GHatzidakis, Einl. in d. neugriech. Gramm. 1892, 211; AJannaris, An Histor. Gk. Grammar 1897, §1507). Yet just at this point the textual tradition varies considerably, and the choice of prep. is prob. at times influenced by the wish to express special nuances of mng. Lk 8:29b v.l. (ὑπό text); 43b (ὑπό v.l.); 10:22 D; ἀποδεδειγμένος ἀ. τ. θεοῦ attested by God Ac 2:22. ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς ἀ. (ὑπό v.l.) τ. ἀποστόλων named B. by the apostles 4:36. κατενεχθεὶς ἀ. τοῦ ὕπνου overcome by sleep 20:9. ἀθετούμενος ἀπὸ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ λόγια αὐτοῦ inasmuch as (Jesus) is being rejected by those who falsify his words AcPlCor 2:3. νεκροῦ βληθέντος ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast upon them (the bones of Elisha) 2:32. In such cases ἀπό freq. denotes the one who indirectly originates an action, and can be transl. at the hands of, by command of: πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀ. τ. πρεσβυτέρων suffer much at the hands of the elders Mt 16:21; cp. Lk 9:22; 17:25, where the emphasis is to be placed on παθεῖν, not on ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι. In ἀ. θεοῦ πειράζομαι the thought is that the temptation is caused by God, though not actually carried out by God Js 1:13. ἡτοιμασμένος ἀ. τοῦ θεοῦ prepared by God’s command, not by God in person Rv 12:6.
    ⑥ In a few expr. ἀπό helps to take the place of an adverb. ἀπὸ μέρους, s. μέρος 1c.—ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας day by day GJs 12:3.—ἀπὸ μιᾶς (acc. to Wlh., Einl.2 26, an Aramaism, min ḥădā˒=at once [s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 113]; but this does not explain the fem. gender, found also in the formulaic ἐπὶ μιᾶς Maxim. Tyr. 6, 3f En 99:9 [s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 3] and in Mod. Gk. μὲ μιᾶς at once [Thumb §162 note 2]. PSI 286, 22 uses ἀπὸ μιᾶς of a payment made ‘at once’; on the phrase s. New Docs 2, 189. Orig. γνώμης might have been a part of the expr. [Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 73], or ὁρμῆς [Thu. 7, 71, 6], or γλώσσης [Cass. Dio 44, 36, 2], or φωνῆς [Herodian 1, 4, 8]; cp. ἀπὸ μιᾶς φωνῆς Plut., Mor. 502d of an echo; s. B-D-F §241, 6) unanimously, alike, in concert Lk 14:18. Sim. ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν fr. (your) hearts, sincerely Mt 18:35.—Himerius, Or. 39 [=Or. 5], 6 has as a formula διὰ μιᾶς, probably = continuously, uninterruptedly, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 2 fuller διὰ μιᾶς τῆς σπουδῆς=with one and the same, or with quite similar zeal.—M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀπό

  • 16 sein

    n; -s, kein Pl. being; (Dasein) auch existence; Sein und Schein appearance and reality; mit allen Fasern seines Seins with every fib|re (Am. -er) of his being; Sein oder Nichtsein... to be or not to be...; es geht um Sein oder Nichtsein it is a question of survival ( oder a matter of life and death); das Sein bestimmt das Bewusstsein life determines consciousness
    * * *
    das Sein
    existence; being
    * * *
    [zain]
    nt -s, no pl
    being no art; (PHILOS) (= Existenz, Dasein auch) existence no art; (= Wesen, Sosein) essence, suchness

    Séín und Schein — appearance and reality

    Séín oder Nichtsein — to be or not to be

    * * *
    das
    1) (existence: When did the Roman Empire come into being?) being
    2) (used with a present participle to form the progressive or continuous tenses: I'm reading; I am being followed; What were you saying?.) be
    3) (used in giving or asking for information about something or someone: I am Mr Smith; Is he alive?; She wants to be an actress; The money will be ours; They are being silly.) be
    4) (belonging to a male person already spoken about: John says it's his book; He says the book is his; No, his is on the table.) his
    5) (belonging to it: The bird has hurt its wing.) its
    6) (used instead of his, his or her etc where a person of unknown sex or people of both sexes are referred to: Everyone should buy his own ticket.) their
    * * *
    <-s>
    [zain]
    nt kein pl PHILOS existence
    \Sein und Schein appearance and reality
    * * *
    das; Seins (Philos.) being; (Dasein) existence
    * * *
    sein1; ist, war, ist gewesen
    A. v/i
    1. allg be;
    sind Sie es? is that you?;
    am Apparat? who’s speaking ( oder calling)?;
    ist da jemand? is anybody there?;
    ach, Sie sind es! oh, it’s you;
    ich bin’s it’s me;
    hallo, ich bin der Holger hullo, I’m Holger;
    wer ist das (überhaupt)? who’s that?
    2. von Beruf, Nationalität, Herkunft, Religion etc: be;
    was ist dein Vater eigentlich (von Beruf)? what does your father actually do (for a living)?;
    ich bin Lektor von Beruf I’m an editor (by trade);
    von Beruf bin ich eigentlich Lehrer, aber ich arbeite als Autor I’m really a teacher (by profession), but I work as a writer;
    er ist Christ/Moslem/Buddhist he’s a Christian/Muslim/Buddhist;
    Engländerin? are you English?;
    er ist aus Mexiko he’s ( oder he comes) from Mexico;
    er ist wer umg he’s really somebody
    3. (existieren) be (alive);
    unser Vater ist nicht mehr form our father is no longer alive;
    ich denke, also bin ich I think therefore I am;
    wenn du nicht gewesen wärst if it hadn’t been for you
    4. vor adj etc, in best. Zustand, bei best. Tätigkeit: be;
    wir sind seit 1987/16 Jahren verheiratet we have been married since 1987/for 16 years;
    er ist schon lange tot he has been dead for a long time;
    sei(d) nicht so laut! don’t be so noisy, stop making such a noise;
    sei nicht so frech! don’t be so cheeky;
    sei so gut und … do me a favo(u)r and …, would you be so good as to …?;
    sei er auch noch so reich no matter how rich he is, however rich he may be;
    wie teuer es auch (immer) sein mag however expensive it may be;
    er ist beim Lesen he’s reading;
    sie ist am Putzen umg she’s doing the cleaning;
    die Garage ist im Bau the garage is being built;
    sie ist schon ein paar Mal im Fernsehen gewesen auch she’s made a few appearances on TV ( oder a few TV appearances);
    sie ist jetzt 15 Jahre she’s 15 now;
    es ist ein Jahr (her), seit it’s a year since, it was a year ago that;
    ich bin ja nicht so umg I’m not like that;
    sei doch nicht so! umg don’t be like that;
    du bist wohl! umg you must be crazy!;
    sei es, wie es sei be that as it may;
    wenn dem so ist umg if that’s the case, in that case
    5. (sich befinden, aufhalten) be;
    es ist niemand zu Hause there’s nobody at home;
    sie ist in Urlaub/zur Kur she’s on holiday/taking a cure;
    warst du mal in London? have you ever been to London?
    wie ist das Wetter bei euch? how’s the weather ( oder what’s the weather like) with you?;
    wie ist der Wein? how’s the wine?, what’s the wine like?;
    wie ist er so als Chef? what’s he like as a boss?;
    der Film/die Party war nichts umg the film (US auch movie)/party was a dead loss (US a washout)
    7. geeignet, bestimmt:
    Alkohol ist nichts für Kinder alcohol isn’t for children, children shouldn’t touch alcohol;
    das ist nichts für mich that’s not my cup of tea; (bin an Kauf etc nicht interessiert) that’s not for me;
    dies ist gegen die Schmerzen this is for the pain
    mir ist, als kenne ich ihn schon I have a feeling I know him;
    es ist, als ob … it’s as though …
    9. mit dat (sich fühlen):
    mir ist kalt I’m cold, I feel cold;
    mir ist schlecht I feel ill (besonders US sick);
    mir ist nicht nach Arbeiten umg I don’t feel like working, I’m not in the mood for work
    10. verantwortlich, schuldig etc:
    wer war das? (wer hat das getan?) who did that?;
    keiner will es gewesen sein nobody will admit they did it, nobody’s owning up;
    du bist es! beim Fangenspielen: you’re it
    11. mit zu (+inf):
    die Waren sind zu senden an … the goods are to be sent to …;
    das Spiel ist nicht mehr zu gewinnen the game can no longer be won, we can no longer win (the game);
    da ist nichts (mehr) zu machen umg there’s nothing to be done ( oder one can do);
    er ist nicht mehr zu retten he’s past saving; umg, fig he’s a lost cause, he’s beyond help;
    es ist nun an dir zu (+inf) it’s up to you to … now;
    es ist nicht an uns zu urteilen form it’s not for us to judge
    12. MATH etc:
    5 und 2 ist 7 five and two are ( oder is, make[s]) seven;
    3 mal 7 ist 21 three times seven is ( oder are, make[s]) twenty-one;
    x sei … let x be …
    13. meist unbestimmt, oft in umg Wendungen:
    ist was? umg is anything ( oder something) wrong?; auch provozierend: what’s the problem?;
    was ist mit dir? umg what’s the matter ( oder what’s wrong) with you?;
    so ist das nun mal umg that’s the way it is;
    nun, wie ist’s? umg well, what about it (then)?;
    wie ist es mit dir? umg what about you?;
    mit dem Urlaub war nichts umg the holiday didn’t work out, the holiday fell through;
    Nachtisch/Fernsehen ist heute nicht, Kinder umg there’s no sweet (US dessert)/television for you today, children;
    was nicht ist, kann ja noch werden umg there’s plenty of time yet;
    das war’s umg that’s it, that’s the lot;
    war das alles? is that all ( oder the lot)?;
    das wär’s für heute! umg that’s all for today
    etwas sein lassen (nicht tun) not do sth; (aufhören) stop doing sth;
    lass es sein stop it; (rühr es nicht an) leave it alone; (kümmere dich nicht drum) don’t bother;
    ich an deiner Stelle würde das sein lassen if I were you I wouldn’t have anything to do with it;
    am besten lassen wir es ganz sein we’d better forget all about it;
    muss das sein? do you have to?;
    was sein muss, muss sein whatever will be, will be;
    was soll das sein? what’s that supposed to be?;
    das kann sein, kann oder
    mag sein umg it’s possible, it could be;
    das kann nicht sein that’s impossible, it can’t be
    es sei denn(, dass) unless;
    sei es, dass … oder dass … whether … or …;
    wie wär’s mit einer Partie Schach? how ( oder what) about a game of chess?;
    na, wie wär’s mit uns beiden? umg how about the two of us getting together?;
    und das wäre? umg and what might that be?
    B. v/aux have;
    ich bin ihm schon begegnet I’ve met him before;
    die Sonne ist untergegangen the sun has set ( oder gone down);
    er ist nach Berlin gegangen he has gone to Berlin;
    ich bin bei meinem Anwalt gewesen I’ve been to see my lawyer;
    als die Polizei kam, war er schon verschwunden when the police arrived he had disappeared;
    er ist in Paris gesehen worden he has been seen in Paris;
    ich bin in Böhmen/1972 geboren I was born in Bohemia/in 1972;
    die Arbeiten sind beendet the jobs are finished;
    der neue Kanzler ist gewählt the new Chancellor has been elected
    sein2
    A. poss pr
    1. adjektivisch: his; Mädchen: her; Sache: its; Tier: meist its; Haustier: his, weiblich: her; Schiff, Staat: oft her; unbestimmt: one’s;
    sein Glück machen make one’s fortune;
    all sein bisschen Geld what little money he has ( oder had);
    Seine Majestät His Majesty;
    es kostet (gut) seine tausend Dollar it costs a good thousand dollars
    seiner, seine, sein(e)s, der (die, das) sein(ig)e his; Mädchen: hers;
    jedem das Seine to each his own;
    das Sein(ig)e tun do one’s share (bit umg); (sein Möglichstes tun) do one’s best
    B. pers pr (gen von er und es) of him; Mädchen: of her;
    er war seiner nicht mehr mächtig he had lost control of himself completely
    * * *
    das; Seins (Philos.) being; (Dasein) existence
    * * *
    nur sing. (Dasein) n.
    existence n. nur sing. n.
    being n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > sein

  • 17 sein1;

    ist, war, ist gewesen
    I v/i
    1. allg. be; sind Sie es? is that you?; wer ist dort oder am Apparat? who’s speaking ( oder calling)?; ist da jemand? is anybody there?; ach, Sie sind es! oh, it’s you; ich bin’s it’s me; hallo, ich bin der Holger hullo, I’m Holger; wer ist das ( überhaupt)? who’s that?
    2. von Beruf, Nationalität, Herkunft, Religion etc.: be; was ist dein Vater eigentlich ( von Beruf)? what does your father actually do (for a living)?; ich bin Lektor von Beruf I’m an editor (by trade); von Beruf bin ich eigentlich Lehrer, aber ich arbeite als Autor I’m really a teacher (by profession), but I work as a writer; er ist Christ / Moslem / Buddhist he’s a Christian / Muslim / Buddhist; sind Sie Engländer oder Engländerin? are you English?; er ist aus Mexiko he’s ( oder he comes) from Mexico; er ist wer umg. he’s really somebody
    3. (existieren) be (alive); unser Vater ist nicht mehr förm. our father is no longer alive; ich denke, also bin ich I think therefore I am; wenn du nicht gewesen wärst if it hadn’t been for you
    4. vor Adj. etc., in best. Zustand, bei best. Tätigkeit: be; wir sind seit 1987 / 16 Jahren verheiratet we have been married since 1987 / for 16 years; er ist schon lange tot he has been dead for a long time; sei(d) nicht so laut! don’t be so noisy, stop making such a noise; sei nicht so frech! don’t be so cheeky; sei so gut und... do me a favo(u)r and..., would you be so good as to...?; sei er auch noch so reich no matter how rich he is, however rich he may be; wie teuer es auch ( immer) sein mag however expensive it may be; er ist beim Lesen he’s reading; sie ist am Putzen umg. she’s doing the cleaning; die Garage ist im Bau the garage is being built; sie ist schon ein paar Mal im Fernsehen gewesen auch she’s made a few appearances on TV ( oder a few TV appearances); sie ist jetzt 15 Jahre she’s 15 now; es ist ein Jahr ( her), seit it’s a year since, it was a year ago that; ich bin ja nicht so umg. I’m not like that; sei doch nicht so! umg. don’t be like that; du bist wohl! umg. you must be crazy!; sei es, wie es sei be that as it may; wenn dem so ist umg. if that’s the case, in that case
    5. (sich befinden, aufhalten) be; es ist niemand zu Hause there’s nobody at home; sie ist in Urlaub / zur Kur she’s on holiday / taking a cure; warst du mal in London? have you ever been to London?
    6. qualitativ: wie ist das Wetter bei euch? how’s the weather ( oder what’s the weather like) with you?; wie ist der Wein? how’s the wine?, what’s the wine like?; wie ist er so als Chef? what’s he like as a boss?; der Film / die Party war nichts umg. the film (Am. auch movie)/ party was a dead loss (Am. a washout)
    7. geeignet, bestimmt: Alkohol ist nichts für Kinder alcohol isn’t for children, children shouldn’t touch alcohol; das ist nichts für mich that’s not my cup of tea; (bin an Kauf etc. nicht interessiert) that’s not for me; dies ist gegen die Schmerzen this is for the pain
    8. (scheinen): mir ist, als kenne ich ihn schon I have a feeling I know him; es ist, als ob... it’s as though...
    9. mit Dat (sich fühlen): mir ist kalt I’m cold, I feel cold; mir ist schlecht I feel ill (bes. Am. sick); mir ist nicht nach Arbeiten umg. I don’t feel like working, I’m not in the mood for work
    10. verantwortlich, schuldig etc.: wer war das? (wer hat das getan?) who did that?; ich war es (habe es getan) it was me; keiner will es gewesen sein nobody will admit they did it, nobody’s owning up; du bist es! beim Fangenspielen: you’re it
    11. mit zu (+ Inf.): die Waren sind zu senden an... the goods are to be sent to...; das Spiel ist nicht mehr zu gewinnen the game can no longer be won, we can no longer win (the game); da ist nichts ( mehr) zu machen umg. there’s nothing to be done ( oder one can do); er ist nicht mehr zu retten he’s past saving; umg., fig. he’s a lost cause, he’s beyond help; es ist nun an dir zu (+ Inf.) it’s up to you to... now; es ist nicht an uns zu urteilen förm. it’s not for us to judge
    12. MATH. etc.: 5 und 2 ist 7 five and two are ( oder is, make[s]) seven; 3 mal 7 ist 21 three times seven is ( oder are, make[s]) twenty-one; x sei... let x be...
    13. meist unbest., oft in umg. Wendungen: ist was? umg. is anything ( oder something) wrong?; auch provozierend: what’s the problem?; was ist mit dir? umg. what’s the matter ( oder what’s wrong) with you?; so ist das nun mal umg. that’s the way it is; nun, wie ist’s? umg. well, what about it (then)?; wie ist es mit dir? umg. what about you?; mit dem Urlaub war nichts umg. the holiday didn’t work out, the holiday fell through; Nachtisch / Fernsehen ist heute nicht, Kinder umg. there’s no sweet (Am. dessert)/ television for you today, children; was nicht ist, kann ja noch werden umg. there’s plenty of time yet; das war’s umg. that’s it, that’s the lot; war das alles? is that all ( oder the lot)?; das wär’s für heute! umg. that’s all for today
    14. mit Verben: etw. sein lassen (nicht tun) not do s.th.; (aufhören) stop doing s.th.; lass es sein stop it; (rühr es nicht an) leave it alone; (kümmere dich nicht drum) don’t bother; ich an deiner Stelle würde das sein lassen if I were you I wouldn’t have anything to do with it; am besten lassen wir es ganz sein we’d better forget all about it; muss das sein? do you have to?; was sein muss, muss sein whatever will be, will be; was soll das sein? what’s that supposed to be?; das kann sein, kann oder mag sein umg. it’s possible, it could be; das kann nicht sein that’s impossible, it can’t be
    15. im Konjunktiv es sei denn(, dass) unless; sei es, dass... oder dass... whether... or...; wie wär’s mit einer Partie Schach? how ( oder what) about a game of chess?; na, wie wär’s mit uns beiden? umg. how about the two of us getting together?; und das wäre? umg. and what might that be?
    II Hilfsv. have; ich bin ihm schon begegnet I’ve met him before; die Sonne ist untergegangen the sun has set ( oder gone down); er ist nach Berlin gegangen he has gone to Berlin; ich bin bei meinem Anwalt gewesen I’ve been to see my lawyer; als die Polizei kam, war er schon verschwunden when the police arrived he had disappeared; er ist in Paris gesehen worden he has been seen in Paris; ich bin in Böhmen / 1972 geboren I was born in Bohemia / in 1972; die Arbeiten sind beendet the jobs are finished; der neue Kanzler ist gewählt the new Chancellor has been elected
    —
    I Poss. Pron.
    1. adjektivisch: his; Mädchen: her; Sache: its; Tier: meist its; Haustier: his, weiblich: her; Schiff, Staat: oft her; unbestimmt: one’s; sein Glück machen make one’s fortune; all sein bisschen Geld what little money he has ( oder had); Seine Majestät His Majesty; es kostet ( gut) seine tausend Dollar it costs a good thousand dollars
    2. substantivisch: his; seiner, seine, sein(e)s, der (die, das) sein(ig)e his; Mädchen: hers; jedem das Seine to each his own; das Sein(ig) e tun do one’s share (bit umg.); (sein Möglichstes tun) do one’s best
    II pers. Pron. ( Gen von er und es) of him; Mädchen: of her; er war seiner nicht mehr mächtig he had lost control of himself completely

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > sein1;

  • 18 Д-114

    МОЁ (твоё, ваше и т. п.) ДЕЛО NP these forms only subj-compl with быть» ( subj: usu. это or infin) or indep. sent)
    1. it concerns me (you etc), the decision is mine (yours etc): that's my (your etc) business (concern, affair)
    ift my (your etc) choice that's up to me (you etc) (2nd and 3rd persons only) have it your (own) way (let him have it his (own) way etc) (when addressed to the hearer) as you wish suit yourself (-selves).
    To, что я пишу о себе, - дело мое. Но пишу и о других, а это не только моё дело (Орлова 1). What I write about myself is my own affair. But what I write about others is not just my affair alone (1a).
    «Зачем мне говорить с народом? Мне с начальством поговорить надо»... - «Дело ваше... Только я думаю, с народом поговорить никогда не мешает» (Войнович 2). "Why should I talk with the people? I need to talk with my superiors."..."It's up to you....It's just that I think it never hurts to have a talk with the people" (2a).
    Платонов:) He дадите руки, юноша? (Вен-герович 2:) Я не подаю милостыни. (Платонов:) Не подаёте? Ваше дело... (Чехов 1). (P.:) So you won't shake hands, boy? (V.:) I don't feel all that charitable. (P:) So you won't shake hands? Have it your own way (1b).
    «Я в проигрыше, и я кончаю», - сказал он... «Ваше дело», - ответил Коля (Искандер 3). Tmthe loser, and I quit," he said...."As you wish," Kolya replied (3a).
    2. Neg HE МОЁ (не твоё и т. п.) ДЕЛО ( usu. this WO (with 2nd and 3rd persons, often used to express a flat refusal to tell s.o. sth. or allow s.o. to interfere in some matter) it does not concern me (you etc): ift (that's) none of my (your etc) business
    ift (that's) no concern of mine (yours etc) ift (that's) not my (your etc) concern that's (ift) got nothing to do with me (you etc) what's that (it) to me (to you etc)?
    (Клещ:) А ты слезай с печи-то да убирай квартиру... чего нежишься? (Актёр:) Это дело не твоё... (Клещ:) А вот Василиса придет - она тебе покажет, чьё дело... (Горький: 3). (К.:) You'd better come down off the stove and clean the place up-You've been loafing up there long enough. (A.:) That's none of your business. (K.:) Wait till Vassilissa comes in-she'll show you whose business it is (3b).
    За три года тюрьмы Таджихон всё ещё не привыкла к тому, что забота о народном хозяйстве страны теперь не её дело (Гинзбург 1). After three years in prison she (Tadjikhon) had not yet got used to the idea that the nation's economy was no longer her concern (1a).
    Он (Очкин) взял в руки бутылку с остатками вина и повертел её в руках. «Тут на двоих уж, считай, ничего не осталось», - сказал он и с надеждой посмотрел на Николая. «Не твоё дело», - грубо сказал Николай... (Войнович 5). Ochkin picked up the bottle with what was left of the wine, turning it back and forth in his hands. "Look, there's not enough left there for two," he said, looking hopefully over at Nikolai. "What's it to you," said Nikolai crudely... (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Д-114

  • 19 мое дело

    [NP; these forms only; subj-compl with быть (subj: usu. это or infin) or indep. sent]
    =====
    1. it concerns me (you etc), the decision is mine (yours etc): that's my (your etc) business (concern, affair); it's my (your etc) choice; that's up to me (you etc); [2nd and 3rd persons only] have it your (own) way (let him have it his (own) way etc); [when addressed to the hearer]
    ⇒ as you wish; suit yourself (-selves).
         ♦ То, что я пишу о себе, - дело мое. Но пишу и о других, а это не только моё дело (Орлова 1). What I write about myself is my own affair. But what I write about others is not just my affair alone (1a).
         ♦ "Зачем мне говорить с народом? Мне с начальством поговорить надо"... - "Дело ваше... Только я думаю, с народом поговорить никогда не мешает" (Войнович 2). "Why should I talk with the people? I need to talk with my superiors."..."It's up to you....It's just that I think it never hurts to have a talk with the people" (2a).
         ♦ [Платонов:] Не дадите руки, юноша? [Венгерович 2:] Я не подаю милостыни. [Платонов:] Не подаёте? Ваше дело... (Чехов 1). [P.:] So you won't shake hands, boy? [V.:] I don't feel all that charitable. [P:] So you won't shake hands? Have it your own way (1b).
         ♦ "Я в проигрыше, и я кончаю", - сказал он... "Ваше дело", - ответил Коля (Искандер 3). "I'm the loser, and I quit," he said...."As you wish," Kolya replied (3a).
    2. Neg НЕ МОЕ (не твоё и т. п.) ДЕЛО [usu. this WO]
    ⇒ (with 2nd and 3rd persons, often used to express a flat refusal to tell s.o. sth. or allow s.o. to interfere in some matter) it does not concern me (you etc):
    - it's (that's) none of my (your etc) business;
    - it's (that's) no concern of mine (yours etc);
    - it's (that's) not my (your etc) concern;
    - that's (it's) got nothing to do with me (you etc);
    - what's that (it) to me (to you etc)?
         ♦ [Клещ:] А ты слезай с печи-то да убирай квартиру... чего нежишься? [Актёр:] Это дело не твоё... [Клещ:] А вот Василиса придет - она тебе покажет, чьё дело... (Горький: 3). [К.:] You'd better come down off the stove and clean the place up - You've been loafing up there long enough. [A.:] That's none of your business. [K.:] Wait till Vassilissa comes in-she'll show you whose business it is (3b).
         ♦ За три года тюрьмы Таджихон всё ещё не привыкла к тому, что забота о народном хозяйстве страны теперь не её дело (Гинзбург 1). After three years in prison she [Tadjikhon] had not yet got used to the idea that the nation's economy was no longer her concern (1a).
         ♦...Он [Очкин] взял в руки бутылку с остатками вина и повертел её в руках. "Тут на двоих уж, считай, ничего не осталось", - сказал он и с надеждой посмотрел на Николая. "Не твоё дело", - грубо сказал Николай... (Войнович 5). Ochkin picked up the bottle with what was left of the wine, turning it back and forth in his hands. "Look, there's not enough left there for two," he said, looking hopefully over at Nikolai. "What's it to you," said Nikolai crudely... (5a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > мое дело

  • 20 pasar

    v.
    1 to pass.
    ¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?
    Pasaron dos horas Two hours went by.
    Yo paso a María I pass Mary (I overtake Mary)
    Un carro pasa A car goes by
    Me pasó una cuchara He=she passed me a spoon (She passed a spoon to me)
    Por fin pasé! I passed at last!
    2 to cross.
    pasar la calle to cross the road
    pasé el río a nado I swam across the river
    3 to go through.
    pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light
    4 to pass, to go.
    pasó por mi lado he passed by my side
    el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus goes past o passes in front of my house
    el Manzanares pasa por Madrid the Manzanares goes o passes through Madrid
    he pasado por tu calle I went down your street
    pasar de… a… to go o pass from… to…
    pasar de largo to go by
    5 to go/come in.
    pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please
    ¡pase! come in!
    6 to go.
    por ahí no pasa it won't go through there
    7 to go by.
    pasaron tres meses three months went by
    8 to go through, to experience.
    pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared
    pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time
    pasarlo mal to have a hard time of it
    Pasé un gran susto I experienced a great scare.
    9 to show in (llevar adentro).
    el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living room
    10 to show (Cine).
    11 to spend (time).
    pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome
    ¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday?, where are you going to spend your holidays?
    Yo paso las horas cantando I pass the hours away singing (spend the time...)
    12 to pop in (ir un momento).
    pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place
    13 to happen.
    ¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?
    ¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may
    Algo pasó Something happened=came to pass.
    14 to be over.
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now
    pasó la Navidad Christmas is over
    Pasé muy feliz en la fiesta I was very happy at the party.
    15 to be all right, to be usable.
    puede pasar it'll do
    16 to go away.
    Pasó el mal tiempo the bad weather went away.
    17 to come in, to step in.
    El policía pasó The policeman came in.
    18 to happen to, to occur to.
    Me pasó algo cómico Something funny happened to me..
    19 to keep on, to keep, to carry on.
    Ella pasa bailando todo el tiempo She keeps on dancing all the time.
    20 to skip, to pass.
    Pase ese capítulo Skip that chapter,.
    21 to blow over, to blow itself out, to calm down.
    La tormenta pasó The storm blew over.
    * * *
    1 (ir) to pass, pass by, go
    2 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    ■ ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    3 (entrar) to come in, go in
    ■ pasa, está abierto come in, it's not locked
    4 (cesar) to pass, cease
    ■ si no se te pasa el dolor, llámame if the pain doesn't go away, call me
    ■ tranquila, que ya ha pasado todo don't worry, it's all over now
    5 (límite) to exceed (de, -)
    6 (ocurrir) to happen
    7 (sufrir) to suffer
    1 (trasladar) to move, transfer
    2 (comunicar, dar) to give
    3 (cruzar) to cross
    4 (alcanzar) to pass, reach
    ■ pásame la sal, por favor pass me the salt, please
    5 (aventajar) to surpass, be better than
    6 (adelantar) to overtake
    7 (deslizar) to run
    8 (tolerar) to overlook
    ■ esta vez te la paso, pero que no se repita I'll overlook it this time, but don't let it happen again
    9 (aprobar) to pass
    10 (proyectar) to show
    11 (tiempo - estar) to spend; (- disfrutar, padecer) to have
    1 (desertar) to pass over (a, to)
    2 (pudrirse) to go off
    3 (olvidarse) to forget
    4 (ir) to go by ( por, -), call in ( por, at)
    5 familiar (excederse) to overdo it; (ir demasiado lejos) to go too far (de, -)
    \
    pasar de algo familiar not to be bothered about something
    ■ pasa de todo he couldn't care less about anything, he doesn't give a damn about anything
    pasar de largo to go past
    pasar la página to turn the page
    pasar por to pass for
    pasar por alto to ignore
    pasar por encima de alguien to go over somebody's head
    pasarlo bien to have a good time
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's wrong?
    pasar sin to do without
    pasarse de la raya to go too far, overstep the mark
    * * *
    verb
    2) pass
    3) come in, enter
    6) give
    7) undergo, suffer
    8) omit
    •
    - pasar por alto
    - pasarlo bien
    - pasarlo mal
    - pasarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones pasar lista, pasar de moda, pasar desapercibido, pasarse de rosca etc, ver la otra entrada
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=ocurrir)
    a) [suceso] to happen

    ¿qué pasó? — what happened?

    ¿pasa algo? — is anything up?, is anything wrong?, is anything the matter?

    siempre pasa igual {o} lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿qué pasa? — what's happening?, what's going on?, what's up?; [como saludo] how's things? *

    ¿qué pasa que no entra? — why doesn't she come in?

    ¿qué pasa contigo? — what's up with you?; [como saludo] * how's it going? *

    ¿qué ha pasado con ella? — what's become of her?

    • [lo que] pasa es que... — well, you see..., the thing is that...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    b)

    pasarle a algn: nunca me pasa nada — nothing ever happens to me

    siempre me pasa lo mismo, lo pierdo todo — it's always the same, I keep losing things

    tuvo un accidente, pero por suerte no le pasó nada — he had an accident, but fortunately he wasn't hurt

    esto te pasa por no hacerme caso — this is what comes of not listening to me, this wouldn't have happened (to you) if you'd listened to me

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter?

    ¿qué le pasa a ese? — what's the matter with him?

    2) (=cambiar de lugar)
    a) [objeto]

    • la foto fue pasando de mano en [mano] — the photo was passed around

    b) [persona] to go
    3) (=entrar)

    ¡pase! — come in!; [cediendo el paso] after you!

    no se puede pasar — you can't go through, you can't go in

    • [hacer] pasar a algn — to show sb in

    4) (=transitar)

    ¿a qué hora pasa el cartero? — what time does the postman come?

    ya ha pasado el tren de las cinco — (=sin hacer parada) the five o'clock train has already gone by; (=haciendo parada) the five o'clock train has already been and gone

    ¿ha pasado ya el camión de la basura? — have the dustmen been?

    • pasar [de largo] — to go {o} pass by

    • pasar [por], el autobús pasa por delante de nuestra casa — the bus goes past our house

    5) (=acercarse a)

    • tengo que pasar [por] el banco — I've got to go to the bank

    pasaré por la tienda mañana — I'll go {o} pop into the shop tomorrow

    pasar a ({+ infin})
    6) (=cambiar de situación) to go

    • pasar a [ser] — to become

    7) (=transcurrir) [tiempo] to pass, go by

    han pasado cuatro años — four years have passed {o} gone by

    el tiempo pasa deprisa — time passes {o} goes so quickly

    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! — how time flies!

    8) (=acabar) [problema, situación] to be over; [efectos] to wear off
    9) (=aceptarse)

    puede pasar — it's passable, it's OK

    que me llames carroza, pase, pero fascista, no — you can call me an old fuddy-duddy if you like, but not a fascist

    a) (=atravesar, caber) to go through

    el río pasa por la ciudad — the river flows {o} goes through the city

    b) (=depender de) to depend on

    el futuro de la empresa pasa por este acuerdo — the company's future depends on {o} hangs on this agreement

    c) (=ser considerado) to pass as

    • [hacerse] pasar por — to pass o.s. off as

    11) [otras formas preposicionales]
    pasar a ({+ infin}) (=empezar) pasar de (=exceder)

    no pasan de 60 los que lo tienen — those who have it do not number more than 60, fewer than 60 people have it

    • yo de [ahí] no paso — that's as far as I'm prepared to go

    • de [ésta] no pasa — this is the very last time

    • de [hoy] no pasa que le escriba — I'll write to him this very day

    pasar sin

    tendrá que pasar sin coche — he'll have to get by {o} manage without a car

    12) (Naipes) to pass
    13) esp Esp
    * (=mostrarse indiferente)

    • pasar [de] algo/algn, yo paso de política — I'm not into politics

    paso de ti, chaval — I couldn't care less about you, pal

    2. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=dar, entregar) [gen] to pass; [en una serie] to pass on

    ¿me pasas la sal, por favor? — could you pass (me) the salt, please?

    le pasó el sobre — he handed {o} passed her the envelope

    2) (=traspasar) [+ río, frontera] to cross; [+ límite] to go beyond
    3) (=llevar)
    4) (=hacer atravesar)
    5) (=colar) to strain
    6) (=introducir) [+ moneda falsa] to pass (off); [+ contrabando] to smuggle
    7) (=hacer deslizar)

    pasar la aspiradora por la alfombra — to vacuum the carpet, run the vacuum cleaner over the carpet

    8) (=deslizar) to slip

    le pasó el brazo por los hombros/la cintura — she slipped {o} put her arm around his shoulders/waist

    9) (=contagiar) to give
    10) (=volver) [+ página] to turn
    11) (=escribir)

    • pasar algo a [limpio] — to make a neat {o} fair {o} clean copy of sth

    • pasar algo a [máquina] — to type sth up

    12) (=tragar) (lit) to swallow; (fig) to bear, stand

    no puedo pasar esta pastilla — I can't swallow this pill, I can't get this pill down

    no puedo pasar a ese hombre — I can't bear {o} stand that man

    13) (=tolerar)
    14) (=aprobar) [+ examen] to pass
    15) (=proyectar) [+ película, programa] to show, screen
    16) (=poner en contacto)

    te paso con Pedro — [al mismo teléfono] I'll put you on to Pedro; [a distinto teléfono] I'll put you through to Pedro

    17) (=realizar)

    • pasa [consulta] {o} [visita] a unas 700 personas diarias — he sees 700 patients a day

    revista 3)
    18) (=superar)
    19) (Aut) to pass, overtake
    20) (=omitir)

    • pasar algo por [alto] — to overlook sth

    21) [+ tiempo] to spend
    pasarlo ({+ adv})

    ¡que lo pases bien! — have a good time!, enjoy yourself!

    22) (=dejar atrás)

    hemos pasado el aniversario — the anniversary has passed, the anniversary is behind us

    ya hemos pasado lo peor — we're over the worst now, the worst is behind us now

    23) (=sufrir)
    24) Cono Sur * (=engañar) to cheat, swindle
    3.
    See:
    PASAR En expresiones temporales ► Se traduce por spend cuando pasar tiene un uso transitivo y queremos indicar un período de tiempo concreto, seguido de la actividad que en ese tiempo se desarrolla, o del lugar: Me pasé la tarde escribiendo cartas I spent the evening writing letters Ha pasado toda su vida en el campo He has spent his whole life in the country ► En cambio, cuando se describe la forma en que se pasa el tiempo mediante un adjetivo, se debe emplear en inglés la construcción have + (a) + ((adjetivo)) + ((sustantivo)): Pasamos una tarde entretenida We had a lovely afternoon Pasamos un rato estupendo jugando al squash We had a fantastic time playing squash la expresión pasar el rato se traduce por pass the time: No sé qué hacer para pasar el rato I don't know what to do to pass the time ► Cuando el uso es intransitivo, pasar se traduce por pass {o} go by. A medida que pasaba el tiempo se deprimía cada vez más As time passed o went by, he became more and more depressed Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past

    no ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past

    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?

    pasar de largo — to go right o straight past

    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami

    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?

    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?

    pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...

    ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind

    pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them

    c) ( atravesar) to cross

    pasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other

    d) (caber, entrar)
    2)
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to pass

    una tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation

    b) ( comunicar)

    te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier

    pase, por favor — please, do come in

    que pase el siguiente! — next, please!

    no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!

    ¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?

    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?

    4)
    a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)

    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place

    ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third

    pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...

    pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news

    b) (Educ) to pass

    ¿pasaste? — did you pass?

    pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

    no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do

    pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here

    pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't

    b) (Esp) ( implicar)
    7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to pass

    pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come

    8) ( cesar) crisis/mal momento to be over; efecto to wear off; dolor to go away
    9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get by

    sin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity

    10) ( suceder) to happen

    lo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?

    ...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing

    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?

    ¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)

    hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)

    son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?

    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?

    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?

    por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him

    pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something

    12)
    a) (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    b) (fam) ( rechazando algo)

    ¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss

    paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)

    que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem

    paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)

    2.
    pasar vt
    1)
    b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smuggle
    2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show
    3)
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go past
    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    pasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something

    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father

    4) <examen/prueba> to pass
    5) <página/hoja> to turn
    6) (fam) ( tolerar)

    a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)

    pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit

    tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again

    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?

    8) (entregar, hacer llegar)

    ¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?

    9) <gripe/resfriado> to give

    me lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me

    10)
    a) < tiempo> to spend
    11)
    a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer

    pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold

    b)

    pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?

    3.
    1) pasarse v pron
    2) ( cambiarse)
    3)

    nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this

    b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too far
    c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)
    4)
    a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked
    5)
    a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)

    el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)

    6) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse)
    7) (enf) ( estar)

    se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b

    8) (enf) (fam) (ir)

    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?

    9) (refl)
    * * *
    = hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.
    Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex. Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex. The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.
    Ex. If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    Ex. Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.
    Ex. The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.
    Ex. Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex. Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.
    Ex. Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.
    Ex. The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.
    Ex. At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.
    Ex. Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex. He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.
    Ex. If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.
    Ex. I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex. Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.
    Ex. Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex. The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.
    Ex. But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    Ex. Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.
    Ex. During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.
    Ex. Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.
    Ex. We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex. A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.
    ----
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * pasando a = moving on to.
    * pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.
    * pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.
    * pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.
    * pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.
    * pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.
    * pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.
    * pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar al olvido = blow over.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.
    * pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.
    * pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.
    * pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.
    * pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pasar casi rozando = skim.
    * pasar como una bala = whiz.
    * pasar de = get beyond.
    * pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....
    * pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.
    * pasar de contrabando = smuggle.
    * pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.
    * pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].
    * pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.
    * pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.
    * pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.
    * pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).
    * pasar el rato = hang out.
    * pasar el rato con = kick + it with.
    * pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.
    * pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.
    * pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.
    * pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.
    * pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.
    * pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.
    * pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.
    * pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * pasar la página = turn over + page.
    * pasar la pantalla = scroll.
    * pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar las vacaciones = vacation.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.
    * pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.
    * pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar por aquí = come by.
    * pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por la mitad de = cut through.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.
    * pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.
    * pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.
    * pasar rápidamente a = snap to.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.
    * pasar revista = review.
    * pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.
    * pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.
    * pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.
    * pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.
    * pasarse con = act + fresh with.
    * pasar sed = go + thirsty.
    * pasarse de = overstep.
    * pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.
    * pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.
    * pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.
    * pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.
    * pasar sin comodidades = rough it.
    * pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.
    * pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * pasar una crisis = face + crisis.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.
    * pasar un rato = say + hi.
    * pasar zumbando = whiz.
    * pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.
    * sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past

    no ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past

    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?

    pasar de largo — to go right o straight past

    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami

    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?

    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?

    pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...

    ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind

    pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them

    c) ( atravesar) to cross

    pasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other

    d) (caber, entrar)
    2)
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to pass

    una tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation

    b) ( comunicar)

    te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier

    pase, por favor — please, do come in

    que pase el siguiente! — next, please!

    no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!

    ¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?

    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?

    4)
    a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)

    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place

    ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third

    pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...

    pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news

    b) (Educ) to pass

    ¿pasaste? — did you pass?

    pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

    no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do

    pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here

    pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't

    b) (Esp) ( implicar)
    7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to pass

    pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come

    8) ( cesar) crisis/mal momento to be over; efecto to wear off; dolor to go away
    9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get by

    sin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity

    10) ( suceder) to happen

    lo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?

    ...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing

    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?

    ¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)

    hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)

    son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?

    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?

    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?

    por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him

    pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something

    12)
    a) (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    b) (fam) ( rechazando algo)

    ¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss

    paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)

    que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem

    paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)

    2.
    pasar vt
    1)
    b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smuggle
    2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show
    3)
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go past
    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    pasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something

    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father

    4) <examen/prueba> to pass
    5) <página/hoja> to turn
    6) (fam) ( tolerar)

    a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)

    pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit

    tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again

    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?

    8) (entregar, hacer llegar)

    ¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?

    9) <gripe/resfriado> to give

    me lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me

    10)
    a) < tiempo> to spend
    11)
    a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer

    pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold

    b)

    pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?

    3.
    1) pasarse v pron
    2) ( cambiarse)
    3)

    nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this

    b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too far
    c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)
    4)
    a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked
    5)
    a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)

    el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)

    6) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse)
    7) (enf) ( estar)

    se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b

    8) (enf) (fam) (ir)

    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?

    9) (refl)
    * * *
    = hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.

    Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

    Ex: Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex: The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.
    Ex: If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    Ex: Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.
    Ex: The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.
    Ex: Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex: Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.
    Ex: Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.
    Ex: The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.
    Ex: At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.
    Ex: Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex: He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.
    Ex: If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.
    Ex: I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex: Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.
    Ex: Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex: The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.
    Ex: But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    Ex: Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.
    Ex: During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.
    Ex: Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.
    Ex: We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex: A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * pasando a = moving on to.
    * pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.
    * pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.
    * pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.
    * pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.
    * pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.
    * pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.
    * pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar al olvido = blow over.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.
    * pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.
    * pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.
    * pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.
    * pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pasar casi rozando = skim.
    * pasar como una bala = whiz.
    * pasar de = get beyond.
    * pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....
    * pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.
    * pasar de contrabando = smuggle.
    * pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.
    * pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].
    * pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.
    * pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.
    * pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.
    * pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).
    * pasar el rato = hang out.
    * pasar el rato con = kick + it with.
    * pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.
    * pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.
    * pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.
    * pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.
    * pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.
    * pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.
    * pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.
    * pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * pasar la página = turn over + page.
    * pasar la pantalla = scroll.
    * pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar las vacaciones = vacation.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.
    * pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.
    * pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar por aquí = come by.
    * pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por la mitad de = cut through.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.
    * pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.
    * pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.
    * pasar rápidamente a = snap to.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.
    * pasar revista = review.
    * pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.
    * pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.
    * pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.
    * pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.
    * pasarse con = act + fresh with.
    * pasar sed = go + thirsty.
    * pasarse de = overstep.
    * pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.
    * pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.
    * pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.
    * pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.
    * pasar sin comodidades = rough it.
    * pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.
    * pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * pasar una crisis = face + crisis.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.
    * pasar un rato = say + hi.
    * pasar zumbando = whiz.
    * pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.
    * sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

    * * *
    pasar [A1 ]
    ■ pasar (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 por un lugar
    2 deteniéndose en un lugar
    3 caber, entrar
    B
    1 transmitirse, transferirse
    2 comunicar
    C entrar
    D
    1 cambiar de estado, actividad, tema
    2 Educación
    3 indicando aceptabilidad
    E exceder un límite
    F
    1 pasar por: ser tenido por
    2 pasar por: implicar
    A
    1 transcurrir
    2 terminar
    B arreglárselas
    Sentido III ocurrir, suceder
    A
    1 en naipes, juegos
    2 rechazando una invitación
    B expresando indiferencia
    ■ pasar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 hacer atravesar
    2 pasar por la aduana
    3 hacer recorrer
    B exhibir, mostrar
    C
    1 cruzar, atravesar
    2 adelantar, sobrepasar
    D aprobar: examen
    E dar la vuelta a
    F tolerar, admitir
    G transcribir
    H engañar
    A entregar, hacer llegar
    B contagiar
    A pasar: tiempo, día etc
    B
    1 sufrir, padecer
    2 pasarlo bien/mal
    ■ pasarse (verbo pronominal)
    A cambiarse
    B
    1 ir demasiado lejos
    2 excederse
    3 lucirse
    C
    1 pasarse: comestibles
    2 Cocina
    A desaparecer
    B «tiempo»
    C olvidarse
    A enfático: con idea de continuidad
    B enfático: ir
    C reflexivo
    vi
    A
    1 (por un lugar) to come/go past
    no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone by o come/gone past
    pasó un coche a toda velocidad a car passed at top speed, a car came/went past at top speed, a car shot o sped past
    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? what time does the milkman come?
    no aparques aquí, que no pueden pasar otros coches don't park here, other cars won't be able to get past
    no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through
    no dejes pasar esta oportunidad don't miss this chance
    pasar de largo to go right o straight past
    el autobús venía completo y pasó de largo the bus was full and didn't stop o went right o straight past without stopping
    pasó de largo sin siquiera saludar she went right o straight past o ( colloq) she sailed past without even saying hello
    pasar POR algo to go THROUGH sth
    al pasar por la aduana when you go through customs
    prefiero no pasar por el centro I'd rather not go through the city center
    el Tajo pasa por Aranjuez the Tagus flows through Aranjuez
    hay un vuelo directo, no hace falta pasar por Miami there's a direct flight so you don't have to go via Miami
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?
    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? does the number 45 come this way/stop here?
    pasamos justo por delante de su casa we went right past her house
    pasaba por aquí y se me ocurrió hacerte una visita I was just passing by o I was in the area and I thought I'd drop in and see you
    ni me pasó por la imaginación que fuese a hacerlo it didn't even occur to me o it didn't even cross my mind that she would do it
    el país está pasando por momentos difíciles these are difficult times for the country
    ¿podríamos pasar por el supermercado? can we stop off at the supermarket?
    de camino tengo que pasar por la oficina I have to drop in at o stop by the office on the way
    pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier
    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?
    pasar A + INF:
    puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow
    pasaremos a verlos de camino a casa we'll drop by o stop by and see them on the way home, we'll call in o drop in and see them on the way home
    3
    (caber, entrar): no creo que pase por la puerta, es demasiado ancho I don't think it'll go through o I don't think we'll get it through the door, it's too wide
    esta camiseta no me pasa por la cabeza I can't get this T-shirt over my head
    B
    1
    (transmitirse, transferirse): la humedad ha pasado a la habitación de al lado the damp has gone through to the room next door
    el título pasa al hijo mayor the title passes o goes to the eldest son
    la carta ha ido pasando de mano en mano the letter has been passed around (to everyone)
    2
    (comunicar): te paso con Javier (en el mismo teléfono) I'll let you speak to Javier, I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; (en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    C (entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in; (— alejándose del hablante) to go in
    pasa, no te quedes en la puerta come (on) in, don't stand there in the doorway
    ¿se puede? — pase may I come in? — yes, please do
    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!
    ha llegado el señor Díaz — hágalo pasar Mr Díaz is here — show him in please
    ¡no pasarán! ( fr hecha); they shall not pass!
    pueden pasar al comedor you may go through into the dining room
    ¿puedo pasar al baño? may I use the bathroom please?
    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? ( AmL); who's going to come up to the blackboard?
    D
    1 (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema) pasar ( DE algo) A algo:
    en poco tiempo ha pasado del anonimato a la fama in a very short space of time she's gone o shot from obscurity to fame
    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place
    ahora pasa a tercera ( Auto) now change into third
    pasa a la página 98 continued on page 98
    pasando a otra cosa … anyway, to change the subject …
    pasar A + INF:
    el equipo pasa a ocupar el primer puesto the team moves into first place
    pasó a formar parte del equipo en julio she joined the team in July
    más tarde pasó a tratar la cuestión de los impuestos later he went on to deal with the question of taxes
    Daniel ya pasa a tercero Daniel will be starting third grade next semester ( AmE), Daniel will be going into the third year next term ( BrE)
    si pasas de curso te compro una bicicleta if you get through o pass your end-of-year exams, I'll buy you a bicycle
    3
    (indicando aceptabilidad): no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do
    por esta vez (que) pase, pero que no se repita I'll let it pass o go this time, but don't let it happen again
    E (exceder un límite) pasar DE algo:
    no pases de 100 don't go over 100
    fue un pequeño desacuerdo pero no pasó de eso it was nothing more than a slight disagreement, we/they had a slight disagreement, but it was nothing more than that
    estuvo muy cortés conmigo pero no pasó de eso he was very polite, but no more
    tengo que escribirle, de hoy no pasa I must write to him today without fail
    está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day
    yo diría que no pasa de los 30 I wouldn't say he was more than 30
    al principio no pasábamos de nueve empleados there were only nine of us working there/here at the beginning
    no pasan de ser palabras vacías they are still nothing but empty words o still only empty words
    1
    (ser tenido por): pasa por tonto, pero no lo es he might look stupid, but he isn't
    podrían pasar por hermanas they could pass for sisters
    se hacía pasar por médico he passed himself off as a doctor
    se hizo pasar por mi padre he pretended to be my father
    2 (implicar) to lie in
    la solución pasa por la racionalización de la industria the solution lies in the rationalization of the industry
    A «tiempo»
    1
    (transcurrir): ya han pasado dos horas y aún no ha vuelto it's been two hours now and she still hasn't come back
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    por ti no pasan los años you look as young as ever
    pasaban las horas y no llegaba the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come
    2
    (terminar): menos mal que el invierno ya ha pasado thank goodness winter's over
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now
    no llores, ya pasó don't cry, it's all right now o it's all over now
    B
    (arreglárselas): ¿compro más o podemos pasar con esto? shall I buy some more or can we get by on o make do with this?
    sin electricidad podemos pasar, pero sin agua no we can manage o do without electricity but not without water
    Sentido III (ocurrir, suceder) to happen
    déjame que te cuente lo que pasó let me tell you what happened
    claro que me gustaría ir, lo que pasa es que estoy cansada of course I'd like to go, only I'm really tired o it's just that I'm really tired
    lo que pasa es que el jueves no voy a estar the thing is o the problem is I won't be here on Thursday
    iré pase lo que pase I'm going whatever happens o come what may
    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? what happened about the watch?
    ahora se dan la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada now just shake hands and let's forget the whole thing
    en este pueblo nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens in this town
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same
    ¿qué pasa? ¿por qué estás tan serio? what's up o what's the matter? why are you looking so serious?
    se lo dije yo ¿pasa algo? I told him, what of it o what's it to you? ( colloq), I told him, do you have a problem with that? ( colloq)
    ¡hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? ( fam); hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? ( colloq)
    no te hagas mala sangre, son cosas que pasan don't get upset about it, these things happen
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿qué te ha pasado en el ojo? what have you done to your eye?, what's happened to your eye?
    ¿qué le pasará a Ricardo que tiene tan mala cara? I wonder what's up with o what's the matter with Ricardo? he looks terrible ( colloq)
    ¿qué te pasa que estás tan callado? why are you so quiet?
    ¿qué le pasa a la lavadora que no centrifuga? why isn't the washing machine spinning?
    no sé qué me pasa I don't know what's wrong o what's the matter with me
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody
    el coche quedó destrozado pero a él no le pasó nada the car was wrecked but he escaped unhurt
    A
    1 (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    paso, no tengo tréboles pass o I can't go, I don't have any clubs
    2 ( fam)
    (rechazando una invitación, una oportunidad): tómate otra — no, gracias, esta vez paso have another one — no thanks, I'll skip this one o I'll pass on this round ( colloq)
    ¿vas a tomar postre? — no, yo paso are you going to have a dessert? — no, I think I'll give it a miss o no, I couldn't
    pasar DE algo:
    esta noche paso de salir, estoy muy cansada I don't feel like going out tonight, I'm very tired ( colloq)
    B ( fam)
    (expresando indiferencia): que se las arreglen, yo paso they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem o I don't want anything to do with it
    pasar DE algo:
    pasa ampliamente de lo que diga la gente she couldn't give a damn about o she couldn't care less what people say ( colloq)
    paso mucho de política I couldn't give a damn about politics ( colloq)
    ( esp Esp): paso de él I don't give a damn what he does/what happens to him ( colloq)
    mis padres pasan de mí my parents couldn't care less what I do/what happens to me
    ■ pasar
    vt
    A
    1 (hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo:
    pasar la salsa por un tamiz put the sauce through a sieve, sieve the sauce
    pasé la piña por la licuadora I put the pineapple through the blender, I liquidized o blended the pineapple
    pasa el cordón por este agujero thread the shoelace through this hole
    2
    (por la aduana): ¿cuántas botellas de vino se puede pasar? how many bottles of wine are you allowed to take through?
    los pillaron intentando pasar armas they were caught trying to smuggle o bring in arms
    3
    (hacer recorrer): pasé la aspiradora por el cuarto I vacuumed o ( BrE) tb hoovered the room
    ven aquí, que te voy a pasar un peine come here and let me give your hair a quick comb o let me put a comb through your hair
    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe, wipe the floor down
    pasarlo primero por harina first dip it in flour
    a esto hay que pasarle una plancha this needs a quick iron o ( colloq) a quick once-over o run over with the iron
    B (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    las chicas que pasaron los modelos the girls who modeled the dresses
    C
    1 (cruzar, atravesar) ‹frontera› to cross
    pasaron el río a nado they swam across the river
    esa calle la pasamos hace rato we went past o we passed that street a while back
    ¿ya hemos pasado Flores? have we been through Flores yet?
    2 (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake
    a ver si podemos pasar a este camión why don't we overtake o get past o pass this truck?
    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father
    D (aprobar) ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    E (dar la vuelta a) ‹página/hoja› to turn
    F ( fam)
    (tolerar, admitir): esto no te lo paso I'm not letting you get away with this
    el profesor no te deja pasar ni una the teacher doesn't let you get away with anything
    a ese tipo no lo paso or no lo puedo pasar I can't stand o take that guy ( colloq)
    yo el Roquefort no lo paso I can't stand Roquefort, I hate Roquefort
    no podía pasar aquella sopa grasienta I couldn't stomach o eat that greasy soup
    pasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook, forget about; (olvidar, omitir) to forget, leave out, omit, overlook
    G
    (transcribir): tendré que pasar la carta I'll have to write o copy the letter out again
    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? could you type this for me?
    limpio1 adj A 3. (↑ limpio (1))
    H ( AmL) (engañar) to put one over on ( colloq)
    se cree que me va a pasar a mí he thinks he can put one over on me
    A
    (entregar, hacer llegar): cuando termines el libro, pásaselo a Miguel when you finish the book, pass it on to Miguel
    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    ¿han pasado ya la factura? have they sent the bill yet?, have they billed you/us yet?
    le pasó el balón a Gómez he passed the ball to Gómez
    el padre le pasa una mensualidad she gets a monthly allowance from her father, her father gives her a monthly allowance
    B (contagiar) ‹gripe/resfriado› to give
    se lo pasé a toda la familia I gave it to o passed it on to the whole family
    A ‹tiempo› to spend
    vamos a pasar las Navidades en casa we are going to spend Christmas at home
    fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the day
    B
    1
    (sufrir, padecer): pasaron muchas penalidades they went through o suffered a lot of hardship
    pasé mucho miedo I was very frightened
    ¿pasaste frío anoche? were you cold last night?
    pasamos hambre en la posguerra we went hungry after the war
    está pasando una mala racha he's going through bad times o ( BrE) a bad patch ( colloq)
    no sabes las que pasé yo con ese hombre you've no idea what I went through with that man
    2
    pasarlo or pasarla bien/mal: lo pasa muy mal con los exámenes he gets very nervous o ( colloq) gets in a real state about exams
    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?
    Caín, negro1 (↑ negro (1)), pipa, etc
    A
    (cambiarse): pasarse al enemigo/al bando contrario to go over to the enemy/to the other side
    queremos pasarnos a la otra oficina we want to move to the other office
    B
    1
    (ir demasiado lejos): nos hemos pasado, el banco está más arriba we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this
    nos pasamos de estación/parada we missed o went past our station/stop
    2 ( fam) (excederse) to go too far
    esta vez te has pasado you've gone too far this time
    no te pases que no estoy para bromas that's enough o don't push your luck ( colloq), I'm not in the mood for jokes
    se pasaron con los precios they charged exorbitant prices, the prices they charged were way over the top o way out of line ( colloq)
    se pasó con la sal he put too much salt in it, he overdid the salt ( colloq)
    pasarse DE algo:
    se pasó de listo he tried to be too clever ( colloq)
    te pasas de bueno you're too kind for your own good
    3
    (CS fam) (lucirse): ¡te pasaste! esto está riquísimo you've excelled yourself! this is really delicious ( colloq)
    se pasó con ese gol that was a fantastic goal he scored ( colloq)
    C
    1 «peras/tomates» to go bad, get overripe; «carne/pescado» to go off, go bad; «leche» to go off, go sour
    estos plátanos se están pasando these bananas are starting to go bad o to get overripe
    2 ( Cocina):
    se va a pasar el arroz the rice is going to spoil o get overcooked
    no lo dejes pasar de punto don't let it overcook
    Sentido II (+ me/te/le etc)
    A
    (desaparecer): ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now
    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down
    hasta que se le pase la fiebre until her temperature goes down
    B
    «tiempo»: sus clases se me pasan volando her classes seem to go so quickly
    se me pasaron las tres horas casi sin enterarme the three hours flew by almost without my realizing
    C
    (olvidarse): lo siento, se me pasó totalmente I'm sorry, I completely forgot o it completely slipped my mind
    se me pasó su cumpleaños I forgot his birthday
    (con idea de continuidad): se pasa meses sin ver a su mujer he goes for months at a time o he goes months without seeing his wife, he doesn't see his wife for months on end
    se pasa hablando por teléfono ( AmL); he's always on the telephone
    me pasé toda la noche estudiando I was up all night studying
    es capaz de pasarse el día entero sin probar bocado he can quite easily go the whole day without having a thing to eat
    pasárselo bien/mal, etc pasar vt Sense III B 2.
    B ( enfático) ( fam)
    (ir): pásate por casa y te la presento come round and I'll introduce you to her ( colloq)
    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?, could you pop o nip down to the market? ( BrE colloq)
    C ( reflexivo):
    se pasó la mano por el pelo he ran his fingers through his hair
    ni siquiera tuve tiempo de pasarme un peine I didn't even have time to run a comb through my hair o ( BrE) to give my hair a comb
    * * *

     

    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían pasar the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    pasar de largo to go right o straight past;
    pasar por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ pasar de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga pasar al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ pasar de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasaron muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) pasar sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasarle una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ pasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    ' pasar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achicharrarse
    - ahorrar
    - amarga
    - amargo
    - aro
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - bondad
    - cabalgata
    - cadáver
    - calor
    - cocerse
    - colar
    - desapercibida
    - desapercibido
    - desfilar
    - deslizar
    - entretenerse
    - historia
    - inadvertida
    - inadvertido
    - inri
    - mayor
    - meneo
    - noche
    - penalidad
    - posibilidad
    - privación
    - rato
    - relámpago
    - revista
    - rozar
    - salvar
    - suceder
    - superar
    - suplantar
    - suprimir
    - tamiz
    - tener
    - tesorería
    - tirarse
    - torniquete
    - trago
    - verter
    - vestidura
    - vicaría
    - vida
    - vivir
    - adiós
    - alcanzar
    English:
    ask in
    - bootleg
    - bring in
    - brush
    - buck
    - by
    - call
    - clamber
    - clear
    - come
    - come by
    - come on to
    - decide on
    - discount
    - do without
    - drag
    - dread
    - drive-through
    - elapse
    - embarrassment
    - envisage
    - envision
    - fashion
    - fill in
    - fly
    - fore
    - gallop past
    - get by
    - get on to
    - get onto
    - get past
    - get through
    - gloss over
    - go
    - go along
    - go by
    - go on
    - go out
    - go through
    - go under
    - graze
    - hand on
    - hang out
    - happen
    - have
    - hibernate
    - hideous
    - holiday
    - Hoover
    - hungry
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [dar, transmitir] to pass;
    [noticia, aviso] to pass on;
    ¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?;
    pásame toda la información que tengas give me o let me have all the information you've got;
    no se preocupe, yo le paso el recado don't worry, I'll pass on the message to him;
    páseme con el encargado [al teléfono] could you put me through to o could I speak to the person in charge?;
    le paso (con él) [al teléfono] I'll put you through (to him);
    Valdez pasó el balón al portero Valdez passed the ball (back) to the keeper;
    pasan sus conocimientos de generación en generación they pass down their knowledge from one generation to the next;
    el Estado le pasa una pensión she gets a pension from the State;
    pasa la cuerda por ese agujero pass the rope through this hole;
    hay que pasar las maletas por la máquina de rayos X your luggage has to go through the X-ray machine;
    pase las croquetas por huevo coat the croquettes with egg;
    pasar el cepillo por el suelo to scrub the floor;
    pasa un paño por la mesa give the table a wipe with a cloth;
    unas vacaciones pasadas por agua a Br holiday o US vacation when it rained the whole time;
    se dedican a pasar tabaco de contrabando/inmigrantes ilegales por la frontera they smuggle tobacco/illegal immigrants across the border
    2. [contagiar]
    pasar algo a alguien to give sb sth, to give sth to sb;
    me has pasado el resfriado you've given me your cold
    3. [cruzar] to cross;
    pasar la calle/la frontera to cross the road/border;
    pasé el río a nado I swam across the river
    4. [rebasar, sobrepasar] [en el espacio, tiempo] to go through;
    ¿hemos pasado ya la frontera? have we gone past o crossed the border yet?;
    pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light;
    al pasar el parque gire a su izquierda once you're past the park, turn left, turn left after the park;
    ya ha pasado los veinticinco he's over twenty-five now;
    mi hijo me pasa ya dos centímetros my son is already two centimetres taller than me
    5. [adelantar] [corredores, vehículos] to overtake;
    pasa a esa furgoneta en cuanto puedas overtake that van as soon as you can
    6. [trasladar]
    pasar algo a to move sth to;
    hay que pasar todos estos libros al estudio we have to take all these books through to the study, we have to move all these books to the study
    7. [conducir adentro] to show in;
    el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living-room
    8. [hacer avanzar] [páginas de libro] to turn;
    [hojas sueltas] to turn over;
    pasar página to make a fresh start
    9. [mostrar] [película, diapositivas, reportaje] to show
    10. [emplear] [tiempo] to spend;
    pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome;
    ¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday o US vacation?, where are you going to spend your holidays o US vacation?;
    pasé la noche trabajando I worked all night, I spent the whole night working;
    he pasado muy buenos ratos con él I've had some very good times with him
    11. [experimentar] to go through, to experience;
    hemos pasado una racha muy mala we've gone o been through a very bad spell o Br patch;
    pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared;
    ¿has pasado la varicela? have you had chickenpox?;
    ¿qué tal lo has pasado? did you have a nice time?, did you enjoy yourselves?;
    pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time;
    ¡que lo pases bien! have a nice time!, enjoy yourself!;
    lo hemos pasado muy mal últimamente we've had a hard time of it recently;
    Fam
    pasarlas canutas to have a rough time
    12. [superar] to pass;
    muy pocos pasaron el examen/la prueba very few people passed the exam/test;
    hay que pasar un reconocimiento médico you have to pass a medical;
    no pasamos la eliminatoria we didn't get through the tie
    13. [consentir]
    pasar algo a alguien to let sb get away with sth;
    que me engañes no te lo paso I'm not going to let you get away with cheating me;
    este profesor no te deja pasar (ni) una you can't get away with anything with this teacher;
    pasar algo por alto [adrede] to pass over sth;
    [sin querer] to miss sth out
    14. [transcribir]
    pasar algo a limpio to make a fair copy of sth, to write sth out neatly;
    yo te lo paso a máquina I'll type it up for you;
    pasar un documento Esp [m5] al ordenador o Am [m5] a la computadora to type o key a document (up) on the computer
    15. RP Fam [engañar] to diddle;
    están siempre tratando de pasarte con el vuelto they always try to short-change you o diddle you over the change
    ♦ vi
    1. [ir, moverse] to pass, to go;
    vimos pasar a un hombre corriendo we saw a man run past;
    ¿cuándo pasa el camión de la basura? when do the Br dustmen o US garbage collectors come?;
    deja pasar a la ambulancia let the ambulance past;
    ¿me deja pasar, por favor? may I come past, please?;
    pasó por mi lado he passed by my side;
    he pasado por tu calle I went down your street;
    el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus passes in front of o goes past my house;
    ¿qué autobuses pasan por aquí? which buses go past here?, which buses can you catch from here?;
    el Támesis pasa por Londres the Thames flows through London;
    yo sólo pasaba por aquí I was just passing by;
    pasaba por allí y entré a saludar I was in the area, so I stopped by to say hello;
    pasar de largo to go straight by
    2. [entrar] to go/come in;
    pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please;
    lo siento, no se puede pasar sorry, you can't go in there/come in here;
    pasamos a un salón muy grande we entered a very large living-room;
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?;
    ¿puedo pasar al cuarto de baño? can I use the bathroom?;
    ¡pase!, Méx [m5]¡pásale/pásele! come in!;
    hazlos pasar show them in;
    RP
    pasar al pizarrón to go/come to the blackboard
    3. [caber] to go ( por through);
    por ahí no pasa este armario this wardrobe won't go through there
    4. [acercarse, ir un momento] to pop in;
    pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place;
    pasa por la farmacia y compra aspirinas pop into the Br chemist's o US pharmacy and buy some aspirin;
    pasé a verla al hospital I dropped in at the hospital to see her;
    pase a por el vestido o [m5] a recoger el vestido el lunes you can come and pick the dress up on Monday
    5. [suceder] to happen;
    ¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?;
    ¿qué pasa? [¿qué ocurre?] what's the matter?;
    Fam [al saludar a alguien] how's it going?; Méx Fam
    ¿qué pasó? [¿qué tal?] how's it going?;
    ¿qué pasa con esas cervezas? where have those beers got to?, what's happened to those beers?;
    no te preocupes, no pasa nada don't worry, it's OK;
    aquí nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens here;
    ¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?;
    ¿le pasó algo al niño? did something happen to the child?;
    ¿qué te pasa en la pierna? what's wrong with your leg?;
    eso te pasa por mentir that's what you get for lying;
    lo que pasa es que… the thing is…;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa lo mismo, pasa lo de siempre it's always the same;
    dense la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada shake hands and just forget the whole thing (as if it had never happened)
    6. [terminar] to be over;
    pasó la Navidad Christmas is over;
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now;
    cuando pase el dolor when the pain passes o stops;
    la tormenta ya ha pasado the storm is over now;
    el efecto de estos fármacos pasa enseguida these drugs wear off quickly
    7. [transcurrir] to go by;
    pasaron tres meses three months went by;
    cuando pase un rato te tomas esta pastilla take this tablet after a little while;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! time flies!
    8. [cambiar]
    pasar de… a… [de lugar, estado, propietario] to go o pass from… to…;
    pasamos del último puesto al décimo we went (up) from last place to tenth;
    pasa de la depresión a la euforia she goes from depression to euphoria;
    pasó a formar parte del nuevo equipo he joined the new team;
    pasar a [nueva actividad, nuevo tema] to move on to;
    pasemos a otra cosa let's move on to something else;
    ahora pasaré a explicarles cómo funciona esta máquina now I'm going to explain to you how this machine works;
    Alicia pasa a (ser) jefa de personal Alicia will become personnel manager;
    pasar de curso o [m5] al siguiente curso = to pass one's end-of-year exams and move up a year
    9. [ir más allá, sobrepasar]
    si pasas de 160, vibra el volante if you go faster than 160, the steering wheel starts to vibrate;
    yo creo que no pasa de los cuarenta años I doubt she's older than forty;
    no pasó de ser un aparatoso accidente sin consecuencias the accident was spectacular but no-one was hurt
    10. [conformarse, apañarse]
    pasar (con/sin algo) to make do (with/without sth);
    tendrá que pasar sin coche she'll have to make do without a car;
    ¿cómo puedes pasar toda la mañana sólo con un café? how can you last all morning on just a cup of coffee?;
    no sabe pasar sin su familia he can't cope without his family
    11. [experimentar]
    hemos pasado por situaciones de alto riesgo we have been in some highly dangerous situations
    12. [tolerar]
    pasar por algo to put up with sth;
    ¡yo por ahí no paso! I draw the line at that!
    13. [ser considerado]
    pasa por ser uno de los mejores tenistas del momento he is considered to be one of the best tennis players around at the moment;
    hacerse pasar por alguien/algo to pretend to be sb/sth, to pass oneself off as sb/sth
    14. Fam [prescindir]
    pasar de algo/alguien to want nothing to do with sth/sb;
    paso de política I'm not into politics;
    ¡ése pasa de todo! he couldn't care less about anything!;
    paso de ir al cine hoy I can't be bothered going to o Br I don't fancy the cinema today;
    paso olímpicamente o [m5] ampliamente de hacerlo I'm damned if I'm going to do it
    15. [en naipes] to pass
    16. [servir, valer]
    puede pasar it'll do;
    por esta vez pase, pero que no vuelva a ocurrir I'll overlook it this time, but I don't want it to happen again
    17. Méx Fam [gustar]
    me pasa ese cantante I think that singer's great
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 pass;
    pasar la mano por run one’s hand through
    2 el tiempo spend;
    para pasar el tiempo (in order) to pass the time;
    pasarlo bien have a good time;
    ¡que lo pases bien!, ¡a pasarlo bien! enjoy yourself!, have fun o a good time!
    3 un lugar pass, go past; frontera cross
    4 problemas, dificultades experience
    5 AUTO ( adelantar) pass, Br
    overtake
    6 una película show
    :
    le paso al Sr. Galvez I’ll put you through to Mr. Galvez
    8
    :
    II v/i
    1 ( suceder) happen;
    ¿qué ha pasado? what’s happened?;
    ¿qué pasa? what’s happening?, what’s going on?;
    ¿qué te pasa? what’s the matter?;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over;
    en el viaje nos pasó de todo fam just about everything happened on that trip, it was a very eventful trip
    2 en juegos pass
    3
    :
    ¡pasa!, ¡pase usted! come in!;
    pasé a visitarla I dropped by to see her;
    pasar por go by;
    pasa por aquí come this way;
    pasé por la tienda I stopped off at the shop;
    pasaré por tu casa I’ll drop by your house
    4
    :
    5 fam
    :
    pasar de alguien not want anything to do with s.o.;
    paso de ir al gimnasio I can’t be bothered to go to the gym
    6
    :
    pasar de los 60 años be over 60 (years old);
    pasar de moda go out of fashion;
    hacerse pasar por pass o.s. off as;
    poder pasar sin algo be able to get by o to manage without sth;
    puede pasar it’s OK, it’ll do
    * * *
    pasar vi
    1) : to pass, to go by, to come by
    2) : to come in, to enter
    ¿se puede pasar?: may we come in?
    3) : to happen
    ¿qué pasa?: what's happening?, what's going on?
    4) : to manage, to get by
    5) : to be over, to end
    6)
    pasar de : to exceed, to go beyond
    7)
    pasar por : to pretend to be
    pasar vt
    1) : to pass, to give
    ¿me pasas la sal?: would you pass me the salt?
    2) : to pass (a test)
    3) : to go over, to cross
    4) : to spend (time)
    5) : to tolerate
    6) : to go through, to suffer
    7) : to show (a movie, etc.)
    8) : to overtake, to pass, to surpass
    9) : to pass over, to wipe up
    pasarla bien : to have a good time
    pasarla mal : to have a bad time, to have a hard time
    pasar por alto : to overlook, to omit
    * * *
    pasar vb
    1. (entrar) to go in / to come in [pt. came; pp. come]
    ¡pase! come in!
    2. (transcurrir) to pass / to go by
    3. (ocupar un tiempo) to spend [pt. & pp. spent]
    4. (andar, moverse) to pass / to go past
    ¿por dónde pasa el autobús? which way does the bus go?
    ¿a qué hora pasa el tren? what time's the train?
    5. (ir, visitar) to go / to stop by [pt. & pp. stopped] / to go
    6. (cruzar) to cross
    7. (dar, hacer llegar) to pass / to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    ¿me pasas la sal? can you pass the salt?
    8. (llevar, mover) to move
    9. (sufrir) to be / to have
    10. (aprobar) to pass
    12. (terminar) to be over
    13. (arreglárselas) to manage / to get by
    14. (ocurrir) to happen
    ¿qué te ha pasado? what happened to you?
    ¿qué pasa? what's going on? / what's the matter?
    15. (cambiar) to change / to go
    16. (exceder) to be over
    pasar / pasar de algo not to care / not to be bothered

    Spanish-English dictionary > pasar

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • down — I. /daʊn / (say down) adverb 1. from higher to lower; in descending direction or order; into or in a lower position or condition. 2. on or to the ground. 3. to a point of submission, inactivity, etc. 4. to or in a position spoken of as lower, as… …  

  • Down GAA — Irish: An Dún Province: Ulster Nickname(s): The Mournemen (football) The Ardsmen (hurling) …   Wikipedia

  • Three Mile Island accident — The Three Mile Island accident of 1979 was the most significant accident in the history of the American commercial nuclear power generating industry. It resulted in the release of a significant amount of radioactivity, an estimated 43,000 curies… …   Wikipedia

  • For One More Day — is a 2006 novel taken place during the mid 1900 s by the acclaimed sportswriter and author Mitch Albom. It opens with the novel s protagonist planning to commit suicide. His adulthood is shown to have been rife with sadness. His own daughter didn …   Wikipedia

  • For You, For Me Tour — Tour by Kylie Minogue Start date September 30, 2009 End date …   Wikipedia

  • Down and Out in Paris and London — For the album, see Down and Out in Paris and London (album). Down and Out in Paris and London   …   Wikipedia

  • Three Castles of Bellinzona — Three Castles, Defensive Wall and Ramparts of the Market Town of Bellinzona * UNESCO World Heritage Site Montebello and Sasso Corbaro castles above Bellinzona …   Wikipedia

  • Three Gorges Dam — Three Gorges Dam …   Wikipedia

  • Three Secrets of Fátima — Statue of Our Lady of Fátima The Three Secrets of Fátima consist of a series of visions and prophecies given by an apparition of the Blessed Virgin Mary to three young Portuguese shepherds, Lúcia Santos and her cousins Jacinta and Francisco Marto …   Wikipedia

  • For Better or For Worse characters — The characters in Lynn Johnston s cartoon strip For Better or For Worse have extensive back stories. The birthdates of the characters as shown below are the characters birthdates in current continuity, as shown on the strip s… …   Wikipedia

  • Three Witnesses (book) — Infobox Book | name = Three Witnesses image caption = author = Rex Stout cover artist = Bill English country = United States language = English series = Nero Wolfe genre = Detective fiction publisher = Viking Press release date = March 10, 1956… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»